Post Archive

Region: The Roleplay Chessboard

History

[list]Ahora Noticias

[pre]

9TH JULY — 1952[/pre][/list]

[list][list]Basque Region Disturbances[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Las noticias más importantes[/pre]

[sub][pre]Top News[/pre][/sub]

| MADRID —Unsightly disturbances within the Basque region has prompted a swift and just response from the government in Madrid by sending an additional 1,600 soldiers to the region after reports of inappropriate rhetoric that questions the authority of the Spanish State. These illegal actions by some within this region are punishable to the highest extent of the law, Franco said in this daily address to the nation from the royal palace in Madrid. The motive of these illegal actors is clear, to create discourse amongst the Spanish people, which will not be tolerated. Franco has promised to prosecute those found and charge them with treasonous acts against the state, this has prompted the government to move forward with plans to prosecute all those they may find responsible or leading such events. Franco at the same time will continue to push the “ Camino de España” narrative and will continue to monitor the situation very closely. It is rumored that Franco will oversee the disturbances personally to ensure all is ruled out.|

Teujira, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, New Raines, Entralia, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica

[list][list]1 July 1953 - Algiers, Alger Department, French Republic

DECOLONIZATION CONTINUES - INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC COMMUNITY ESTABLISHED[/list][/list]

| With the Constitution of the Fifth French Republic now having been fully instituted, French President Charles de Gaulle now serves not only as head of the French Republic and the Co-Principality of Andorra, but as President of the French Union. Established as a means of furthering the self-governance of France's more distant colonies, the French Union has allowed various French colonies including Equatorial Africa, West Africa, Cochinchina, and Madagascar to establish their own local governments based on that of the British Commonwealth's 'Home Governments'. The Federation of Equatorial Africa, the Federation of West Africa, the Cochinchinese Republic, and the Malagasy Republic have all established, with the approval of Union President de Gaulle, their own local governments which have begun to take the place of French colonial officials in these territories. |

| de Gaulle's plan for a 'slow, measured decolonization' by 1960 has left some in France in favor of continued colonization upset with the President's policies in the overseas French Empire, however his dedication to keeping core parts of Overseas France territories of the French Republic itself has done much to secure the territorial integrity of the Republic. Madagascar, one of the less populous colonies by itself, will be one of the first to receive independence in 1958 under its current republican structure, followed by the Federations of West and Equatorial Africa throughout 1960. Cochinchina, currently in its third year of prolonged guerilla insurgency, has not received a date for total independence from the French Union, but it could come as soon as next year or as late as the 1970s, internal reports suggest. de Gaulle's Presidency has been mired by conflicts in Korea, Tchan-Tung, and to a lesser extent in Algeria, hampering its abilities to put a decisive end to the Viet Minh insurgency. |

| In order to assert economic cooperation between France, her colonial allies, and her allies across the globe, President de Gaulle's economic minister, former Presidential candidate Antoine Pinay, is ordered to travel from Paris to Algiers to establish and outline an agenda for a transnational, multistate economic organization to be formed between the French Union states, the French Republic, and France's allies abroad. After spending fourteen days in Algiers with the Presidents of West Africa, Equatorial Africa, Madagascar, and Cochinchina discussing the nature of the economic agenda between France and her former colonies, terms are agreed upon. To finalize the deal, France invites representatives of various countries within France's list of allies to come to Algiers to discuss the entry of other parties into this new economic bloc. Alongside the French Union, the states of Laos, Cambodia, Monaco, Egypt, Haiti, and Argentina send representatives to attend the Algiers Conference. For three days from 28 June to 1 July, the representatives of the various countries discuss the agreements before agreeing to establish among them the International Economic Community(Communauté économique internationale). Established upon the interests of France's growing interest in investing in the development of the developing world, the International Economic Community's main goal is to promote inter-organizational development, primarily through the reduction of tariffs between the nations, which will allow France to more easily invest directly into the economies of these nations. In order to manage the operation of the International Economic Community, the signing parties agree to the establishment of the International Economic Community Organization, the administrative stem of the collective sum of the parties involved. To be based out of Algiers, the International Economic Community Organization will be provided with its own headquarters in the Algerian city and hold regular meetings to discuss common policy aims and programs. The main stipulations of the Algiers Conference are seen below: |

[list][*] All members agree to recognize the International Economic Community Organization as the governing and authoritative body representing the policy aims of the International Economic Community Organization, and will respect its decisions, which shall be made with the consultation of the representatives of the members of the International Economic Community.

[*] All members agree to maintain tariffs on fellow members at or below a rate of 4.5%.

[*] All members agree to maintain a fixed exchange rate between the currencies of their nations with the French Franc, determined by the various economic factors at the decision of the International Economic Community Organization.

[*] All members of the International Economic Community agree to abstain from imposing new tariffs or duties upon the imports and exports of other member nations without the direct approval of the International Economic Community Organization.

[*] All members agree to the foundation and operation of the International Economic Community Board of International Education, which shall monitor the standards of public and private education in member nations, provide investments in nations which do not meet annual education requirements, push for educational cooperation on an international scale between member states, and advocate that private institutions follow educational guidelines as well.

[*] All members agree to the foundation and operation of the International Economic Community Board of International Health and Development, which shall monitor the standards of living and industrial development in member nations, provide investment in health-related organizations and programs in nations which do not meet annual health-related requirements, push for industrial and sanitary cooperation on an international scale between member states, and operate various international health-based services between the member nations.

[*] All members agree to provide a specific percentage of their annual GDP to be used in the International Economic Community Organization's Reserve, which will be used to provide for the program and policy aims of development in all the member states.

[*] The International Economic Community will promote economic cooperation with fellow organizations such as the British Commonwealth Economic Treaty Organization.[/list]

| Of great interest to France is the International Economic Community's educational and health & development boards which, if properly managed, will allow the French Republic to ensure that the same standard of living in mainland France is afforded to the citizens of the French Union and of France's closest international partners. Through ensuring a collective treasury is collected to invest in the development of the standards of living and industry in these nations, the I.E.C. will be able to ensure that all of its members are truly first class states. The French Union as a single entity, Haiti, Laos, Cambodia, Monaco, and Argentina all join as full members- Egypt signing as a special partner, opting out of the fixed exchange rate due to its historic relationship with other international currencies. |

| The establishment of the International Economic Community is lauded as a massive and even historic victory for France's foreign policy, continuing de Gaulle's plans to turn France into one of the major international players. Not only important for linking France's economy with those of its allies, but important in ensuring France's soft influence within these countries, the I.E.C. will truly allow France to begin to build a strong bloc of steady allies committed to the same principles as the Republic. |

Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Kartnan, New Raines, Entralia, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica, Tadros

Post self-deleted by Confederate-Amurica.

Confederate-Amurica wrote:(Actually before 2010 Venezuela was a very rich country with many oil)

Declaration of war to Portugal

[sub]July the 10th, 1953[/sub]

General Chalbaud decided that Portugal went too far and decided to declare war.

Here is his speech:

“People of Venezuela! Those capitalist pigs have dared to insult our great nation! We must help our comrades overseas! Now let’s do our best to put the workers in power of Portugal!”

*The Venezuelan ministry of defence sent many weapons and supplies to communist rebels in Portugal this month.*

OOC so your plan to stop me is to send ships to rebels? Even tho I’m actively hunting any of your ships?To communist rebels I don’t even really have. Where are you even sending these ships. What equipment are you sending?

Kartnan, Confederate-Amurica

Confederate-Amurica

Have you check our Discord server ?

New Raines, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica

Confederate-Amurica wrote:Venezuela helps the communists!

[sub]June 1953[/sub]

Today, five Venezuelan ships have departed for Greece, to help the communists. They will cross the Atlantic, and the Gibraltar. Then they will head for the Peloponnesus.

Luxmen

This is to be considered unrecognized as this player still claims Colombia, not Venezuela. Just move passed whatever he said.

Antillian, Grand Indochina, New Raines, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica

Val Verde- wrote:This is to be considered unrecognized as this player still claims Colombia, not Venezuela. Just move passed whatever he said.

Roger

Val Verde-, Grand Indochina, New Raines, Teymour

[list]December 1952[/list]

[list]Taj Mahal Palace Hotel, Colaba — Bombay[/list]

[list][list]कभी कभी तोह लगता है की अपुनिच भगवन है।

[pre]A Tale of Two Cities[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Its a cold morning in beautiful Bombay, the jewel of the East, world-renowned as the Gateway of India. First founded some 4 centuries ago on a swamp of malarious mudflats, this metropolitan giant of three million inhabitants is today the foremost commercial harbour of free India. Back in that long ago beginning it was a poor fishing village, of so little consequence, that England's Charles the II leased it to the East India company for £10 a year. Not too impressive a start for the mighty metropolis and its enterprising multitudes that constitute modern Bombay. Here health and education go together as the children of India receive their schooling in the open air. Schooling based upon the principles of democracy! Learning is fast becoming available to India's once illiterate millions and one day every child will have its share of teaching, every citizen the opportunity to make a new and better way of life through the miracles of modern education. Sports also have their important place in India, especially the Sport of Kings, and Bombay's popular track, one of the finest in the east, a holiday crowd gathers for an Indian handicap. Pounding hooves and the surging thrill of the crowd as the flying thoroughbreds flash into the stretch.[/pre][/list][/list]

[list]The recording slowly came to an end, Mr Dudley was visibly smiling after viewing an advanced version of his recordings in India. Carl Dudley, an American from the state of Arkansas, had just finished filming his short travelogue to India. A magnificent short, take on the cities and the towns of India. His masterpiece recorded on the banks of the mighty Ganges, the bustling streets of Calcutta, the ancient city of Delhi and finally at the ever enterprising city of Bombay was finally finished and ready for broadcast. "Time to sit back and relax", he thought, not a man of modesty, Mr Dudley was at the Taj Palace Hotel in Bombay. The daintiest hotel in Bombay, nay the finest in all of India! But, little did he know, the city was about to go in flames. Coincidentally, the office below him was full of vigour and activity for the past few days, butlers, maids, foreign advisors, all were setting up the office and accommodations for days. For there was to be a meeting of immense consequence, the head of the three largest mafia groups of Bombay, Karim Lala, Haji Mastan and Varadarajan Mudaliar and the smaller gangs of the City, the head of mafia gangs from Calcutta, Delhi, Madras and Karahi were also present in the room.[/list]

[list][list][pre]Karim Lala[/pre][pre]"I want to thank you all for coming. I consider it a service done to me personally and I am in the debt of each and every one of you. Especially those of you who have travelled from such distances as Bengal, Punjab, Madras, and New Delhi..."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Karim Lala[/pre][pre]"Ah well, let's get down to business. We are all honourable men here, we don't have to give assurances as if we were lawyers. (he sits, gazes out at them, and sighs) How did things ever go so far? Well, no matter. A lot of foolishness has come to pass. It was so unfortunate, so unnecessary."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Haji Mastan[/pre][pre]"We're all grateful to Karim Lala for calling this meeting. We all know him as a man of his word, a modest man, he'll always listen to reason."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Varadarajan Mudaliar[/pre][pre]"Yes, Haji, he's too modest. He had all the judges, the politicians and the police in his pocket, yet he refused to share them!"[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Karim Lala[/pre][pre]"When, when did I ever refuse an accommodation? All of you know me here, when did I ever refuse? Except for one time. And why? Because I believe this drug business is gonna destroy us in the years to come. I mean, it's not like gambling or liquor, even women which is something that most people want nowadays. Even the police departments that have helped us in the past with gambling and other things are gonna refuse to help us when it comes to narcotics. And I believed this then and I believe that now."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Haji Mastan[/pre][pre]"Times have changed. It's not like the Old Days when we can do anything we want. A refusal is not the act of a friend. If Karim Lala had all the policemen and the politicians in Bombay, then he must share them, or let us others use them. He must let us draw the water from the well. Certainly, he can present a bill for such services. After all, we are not Communists! (The room erupts into laughter)"[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Hazarilal Biswas, from Calcutta[/pre][pre](As the laughter dies down)

"I also don't believe in drugs. For years I paid my people extra so they wouldn't do that kind of business. Somebody comes to them and says, "I have hashish if you put up three, four thousand Rupee investment, we can make fifty thousand distributing. So they can't resist. I want to control it as a business, to keep it respectable. I DO NOT want it near schools, I don't want it sold to children! We shall not corrupt their souls! In my city, we would keep the traffic in the dark people, the lower castes. They're animals anyway, so let them lose their souls."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Karim Lala[/pre][pre]"I hoped that we would come here and reason together. And as a reasonable man, I'm willing to do whatever's necessary, to find a peaceful solution to these problems."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Haji Mastan[/pre][pre]"Then we are agreed. The traffic in drugs will be permitted but controlled and Karim Lala will give up protection in the West and so there will be the peace."[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Varadarajan Mudaliar[/pre][pre]"But I must have strict assurance from Corleone as time goes by and his position becomes stronger, will he attempt any individual vendetta?"[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]Karim Lala[/pre][pre](Karim Lala violently gets up from his chair)

"You talk about vengeance! IS VENGEANCE gonna bring your son back to you? OR MY BOY to me? I forgo the vengeance of my son, but I have selfish reasons. My youngest son was forced to leave this country, because of this drug business. And now I have to make arrangements to bring him back here safely, cleared of all these false charges. But I'm a superstitious man and if some unlucky accident should befall him, if he should get shot in the head by a police officer or if he should hang himself in his jail cell or if he's struck by a bolt of lightning, then I'm going to blame some of the people in this room. And that, I do not forgive. But that aside let me say that I swear on the souls of my grandchildren, that I will not be the one to break the peace that we have made here today."[/pre][/list][/list]

[spoiler=Disclaimer]No racist or derogatory views to any group in this post are supported by the author.[/spoiler]

Arcanda, Teujira, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Teymour, Tadros

[list]Sesshō-ki 5

28 September 1952

[sub]復活の日[/sub]

The Day of Resurrection, Part II

[sub]The National Safety Force Establishes Control![/sub][/list]

[sup]東京都、日本[/sup]

TOKYO METROPOLIS, STATE OF JAPAN

[sub]Liberal Party HQ[/sub]

[list][sub]5:31 am[/sub][/list]

| As daylight breaks through the horizon, detachments of M4 Sherman tanks and rag-tag groups of jeeps and military trucks were seen on the streets, along with lines of Japanese soldiers sporting uniforms and helmets acquired from US Army surplus following the war, carrying M1 Garands, M1 Carbines and Thompson SMGs. Taketora Ogata, the giant-sized Chief Cabinet Secretary of the current government, frantically dialed a number on his phone. Alas, all the lines were already cut. The former journalist had been holed up in his party's headquarters for the entire night - Trying to arrange his own nomination at the head of the government after Yoshida's assassination the day before. From his window desk, he could see the columns of soldiers on the street below and hear the sound of jackboots making their way up to his floor. Ogata opened a drawer on his desk, taking out a small revolver, bought during the night from the black market for self-defense purposes. Despite strong laws prohibiting the civilian ownership of firearms, a side effect of the presence of hundreds of thousands of US troops combined with the rampant black market activity following the war had been that it was now easier than ever for arms and ammunition to find themselves on the illegal market. Ogata took the weapon in his hand and loaded it. His grip was shaking. He put it down, quickly scribbled a three-line letter on a patch of paper, signed it, took the gun more assuredly, put it to his forehead and shot himself before the soldiers could bang open the office's doors. |

[sub]Chiyoda Ward[/sub]

[list][sub]5:49 am[/sub][/list]

| The 5,000-strong First District Corps, springing into action from its headquarters inside Tokyo, quickly reached the Chiyoda Ward, the nerve center of the country. Under the command of Lt. General Iwaichi Fujiwara, the force first surrounded the National Diet building and established control of its area; up next were the Imperial Palace housing Crown Prince Akihito, and the Supreme Court of Japan. It was at this moment that Fujiwara ordered a telegram to be sent from the Diet to the US forces in Japan. It read as follow : |

[list][pre]"Today, 28th of September, the National Safety Force and several members of the National Diet have acted in the national interests of Japan, and by their action intend to protect the country from a grave internal crisis weaved together by the Japanese Communist Party and elements of the Chinese Communist Party. We hereby declare our willingness to follow through with the US-Japan Security Treaty and abide by its dispositions in the everlasting struggle to end communist aggression in the Far East."[/pre][/list]

| After establishing a series of checkpoints and grinding traffic to halt around the Chiyoda Ward, the force was instructed to be on the lookout for civilian disturbances. Meanwhile, in near synchronicity, a smaller detachment of 900 men took control of the Asahi Shimbun's offices, arresting a number of its liberal and left-leaning journalists, whom the late Taketora Ogata had once been part of before the war. In addition, the near totality of the newspapers' type trays and vehicles were destroyed or disabled, preventing copies from being distributed in this part of the city. Radio towers were subsequently seized, and all mentions of a military coup were prohibited. Bridges in the city center were all secured and put under heavy guard. |

___

| However, seizing the center of Tokyo was only to be the beginning. The 110,000-strong National Safety Force was poorly equipped, untrained, and low in numbers, but had little resistance to fear given that the entirety of its leadership had acted in unison, bypassing even its nominal head - General Keizō Hayashi, a former civilian appointed general by Yoshida in the spring, who enjoyed little actual power when detached from his superiors in the Liberal Party. Hayashi had been detained at his office during the night by his own officers, thus stopping the only man in the NSF that would have been able to offer any resistance to the obscure group who hatched the coup d'état. Indeed, following the war, Imperial Army veterans were only purged from the top, and not the middle of the command chain, and had been re-integrated into the NSF after its creation. Entirely unopposed, the NSF could thus dispatch a low amount of troops to seize secondary objectives in Tokyo - Namely its vital trade ports and railways. In Osaka, a mere 2,500 men had taken control of the city and neutralized the national headquarters of the Asahi Shimbun, burning hundreds of thousands of its copies before they even reached the hands of their readers. Six key harbors - In Tokyo, Yokohama, Osaka, Kobe, Hiroshima and Otaru, were seized. Sixteen airfields, mostly civilian, followed. Soldiers, police, and armed civilians therefore pulled together no more than 200,000 people across Japan to seize power from its weak civilian leadership, with little to no bloodshed. In many small towns or mid-sized cities, one could have awaken and worked a full day without knowing a change of leadership had occurred. Many of these areas did not even see the color of the camouflage patterns on the US Army-sourced helmets worn by Japanese soldiers involved in the coup. Of course, such a coup de force would not have been possible had the US Forces in Japan, much stronger than the country's own defensive army, had been ordered to go against it. But all US bases remained calm throughout the ordeal. |

[sub]Hibiya Park, Tokyo[/sub]

[list][sub]9:45 am[/sub][/list]

| Japanese soldiers, in US Army uniforms and helmets, still guarded the perimeter of the Diet, a sight reminescent of the many military ordeals the country had experienced two decades ago. But today, the sight was different. The soldiers lacked the blind fanaticism of their pre-war peers; some smoked cigarettes from atop the sandbag outposts they had erected, or sat in the back of military jeeps mounted with machine guns. Civilians in suits and overcoats approached them, schoolchildren as well, and all were told not to worry about the situation in a rather friendly manner. Nonetheless, many did worry about it as news reached most people in large cities even after the radio blackout had been ordered. There laid the danger that the masterminds of the coup, the Shiroyama Club, feared most: Civilian unrest, especially from the Communist Party or labor unions, even as most of their heads had been arrested on legally groundless charges. The NSF were not large enough to put every large factory under surveillance, and just harbors and railways in major cities remained heavily guarded by troopers, while about 90 politicians and activists from liberal and left-wing groups were arrested. |

| Finally, a nationwide radio broadcast occurred at 9:48 in the morning. Speaking was Iwaichi Fujiwara from the NHK's headquarters in Hibiya Park, adjacent to Japan's two leading news agencies, Kyodo and and Jiji, all of which are at this point under military control. Fujiwara was an obscure figure, that most people did not know of, but who assumed, for now, the face of the masterminds behind what was to be termed the 9-28 Restoration. |

[list][sup]| Lt. Gen. Iwaichi Fujiwara, NHK Radio 1 Broadcast: |[/sup] "Dear listeners, citizens of Japan, workers and farmers: On this day, the National Safety Force were forced to publicly outstep their role as the custodians of Japan's self-defense in order to prevent grave events from occurring within the nation. Following the tragic assassination of Prime Minister Shigeru Yoshida, serious instability threatened to unravel across the country. The times are not good for our nation to undergo such trying moments, as you are all aware that Asia is currently in a state of war and disorder. Foreign elements have unfortunately made their way inside Japan and, at the moment of Mr. Yoshida's passing, stood ready to further handicap the fundamental underpinnings of our country - Its industrial base and its communication networks - With the final goal of disrupting its economy, the lives of its citizens, and ultimately overthrow the democratically-elected government, strip the Crown Prince of his titles and honors, and impose their rule on the hardworking and law-abiding masses of Japan.

Therefore, we urgently intervened to protect the nation and its institutions. The Japanese Communist Party and its allies is the main force behind what I described and therefore, it is necessary to put under surveillance this association, which has demonstrated fondness for violence and disruption in the past, and was until today ready to launch a full-blown insurrection, combining terrorism and infiltration within government structures. Moreover, they were aided by the Chinese Communist Party, which has sent to Japan during these previous months several representatives on illegal meetings with JCP officials.

Until the threats, both domestic and foreign, assailing Japan are resolved, a special state of emergency has been declared in all 46 prefectures, therefore suspending the October 1st general election until a proper time comes to hold them. However, we are adamant that the democratic process not be interfered with. For this reason, an extraordinary Diet session will convene this week in order to nominate a new Prime Minister. Thank you for your understanding, and please remain calm and ever diligent. Long live Japan. [Note: Different from the usual 'Tenno'heika Banzai' shout, associated with WWII militarism]"[/list]

| The announcement generated shock and lack of understanding in politicized circles, but most people continued their day unfazed. In the countryside, where conservative opinions prevailed, a sizeable amount of people saw the situation as a a net positive; in the cities, liberal and educated elites as well as working-class blue-collar Japanese were outraged, but also apathetic. However, the relative calm of the day helped to stabilize emotions. By the end of September 28, the situation was still obscure, but not much had changed in people's daily lives if not checkpoints in the city centers. Lt. Gen. Iwaichi Fujiwara had been, in fact, only the most visible member of the secret conspiracy hatched by the Shiroyama Club. He was not to assume power, and did not do anything else beyond the initial announcement of the coup in the morning. But how long would this moment of peace last? It was, perhaps, the calm before the storm... |

To Be Followed.

Spainard, Teujira, Val Verde-, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, New Raines, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica, Pacifica Occidentalis

Boo

Grand Indochina, Kartnan, New Raines, Confederate-Amurica

Sicilian Communists Party

Smell of Sicilian revolution

It’s 8pm, The seats are packed Full of people who’ve come to watch the opera. The Teatro Massimo. A very popular opera House in Palermo Sicily. Over 1,500 people have come to watch the opera. Suddenly the lights dim. And a light shines on the stage. An attractive woman is standing there, she lifts her hand into the sky she takes a deep breath, but before she could start singing what was going to be a very beautiful song a bullet goes right through her chest. The air leaves her body as she tumbles to the ground. A single tear is all that leaves her beautiful blue eyes before her life ends. A man then appears from behind the curtain. Then 3 more come up from the crowd and join the man on the stage. All holding FAL battle rifles. Then 7 more men stand up in the crowd also holding rifles of there own. The crowd Begins to panic, but before they could start scattering. The man on the stage who shot the opera singer would shoot into the ceiling and would demand the attention of the crowd. He would yell In Sicilian, remain in your seats or be blown away!!! the crowd would remain seated. The man would then begin his speech.

“People of Palermo! I am Angelo Russo! Leader of the Sicilian Communist party! I am here to make my message clear! The message of the Sicilian people! We will no longer tolerate the oppression that we face from the vile Italian government. We have been slaves to them for decades! They care not for the workers of Sicily. This woman that lays dead on this stage is a sympathizer of the vile Italian state. She is a fascist! She dares to sing in the opera house of our great Sicilian people. This opera house should belong to us! Yet we are taxed! Our hard earned income stolen by a government that barely supports us! We work in horrid conditions! We toil away in the fields and the factories and gain nothing from it! I say we revolt! We stand up to our oppressors! And we destroy them! Now leave leave this opera house and know that we the people of Sicily will fight to the last man to gain our independence and establish a workers state of Sicilians! A state worked by and govern by Sicilians!”

-The crowd would flee the building in a panic, the local police would arrive shortly afterwards, as the crowd of people drew there attention. The Sicilian organization new they needed to get out of there but wanted to make a defiant stand. Rifle in hand.

The battle

As the police arrived to the scene they would be meet with gunfire. Bullets spraying from the upper windows would shatter the glass on the approaching police cars. One officer was killed almost immediately by the initial gunfire. 5 officers would be the first on the scene. But they had to be carful as there were still civilians trying to flee the opera. The police would return fire the best they could, but would initially be outgunned. As the Sicilian communists carried FAL Battle rifles That were ripping through the metal on there cars while they only had handguns. Of the 5 officers that initially arrived 3 would be killed before back up would arrive. 9 Heavy police units with assault rifles would show up in armored police cars. The ensuing battle would see 6 of the 10 Sicilian communists die in the fighting, while 4 more policeman would perish. In totally 7 policemen would die in the fighting. While 7 Sicilian communists would also die. The remaining surviving members were able to make a getaway by stealing car. Police were unable to figure out what car was stolen until they had already fled.

Aftermath

The fight left bullet holes everywhere. Dead bodies of civilians, policeman, and communists rebels litter the grounds in and outside of the opera house. In total 6 civilians were killed in the fighting. It was truly a deadly day for Sicily and the city of Palermo, but this was only the beginning.

Teujira, Val Verde-, Antillian, Grand Indochina, New Raines, Confederate-Amurica

[spoiler=RP THEME]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oZ3iZNA-NwY[/spoiler]

[list][list]~ 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐒𝐈𝐗 𝐓𝐑𝐀𝐆𝐈𝐂 𝐃𝐀𝐘𝐒 ~

𝙳𝙰𝙼𝙰𝚂𝙲𝚄𝚂 𝚄𝙽𝙳𝙴𝚁 𝚂𝙸𝙴𝙶𝙴, 𝚃𝚁𝙰𝙶𝙴𝙳𝚈 𝚂𝚃𝚁𝙸𝙺𝙴𝚂[/list][/list]

[sup]𝐃𝐀𝐘 𝟏, March 29, 1949, at 1:00 AM in the morning the Homs Conspiracy went into action. At the Dara's Army Base, Colonel al-Hinnawi and Colonel Fawzi Selu gathered their forces and quickly departed their way towards Sednaya Prison. Around 1:30 AM they arrived in the Damascus district of Al-Mazzeh, from there the Colonels would split up, with al-Hinnawi taking position in the outskirts while Selu rescued Anwar Bannud. Some locals awoken by the sounds of the cars went outside to see what the racket was about. They would see a column of military trucks carrying armed soldiers, the soldiers themselves put on a friendly smile and waved at the crowds. One man asked the soldiers where they were going, which a soldier shouted back, "To the very Presidential Palace my good man!" which immediately earned him a smack from his comrade that sat next to him. Colonel Fawzi Selu would take with him two Infantry companies to rescue Anwar Bannud from his imprisonment. Colonel al-Hinnawi would keep the rest of the 1st Brigade and position himself in the outskirts of Al-Mazzeh, awaiting the two officers to head straight into Damascus proper. Colonel Selu upon arriving at the outskirts of the prison ordered his convoy to head straight for the gate, once at the gate Selu ordered his men to step off the trucks and take positions for potential combat. Colonel Selu alongside some other soldiers would walk right up to the gate with a white flag at hand. The front guard would shout out demanding to know what was going on, which Colonel Selu responded with the demand to free Anwar Bannud.[/sup]

[list]{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐅𝐚𝐰𝐳𝐢 𝐒𝐞𝐥𝐮}

[I][pre]Well now you know my demand gentlemen!!! I demand the immediate release of Brigider General Anwar Bannud!!! If he is not released in five minutes, then I will not be responsible for my actions!!! In five minitues men, if they do not release Anwar then we will open fire and kill them all![/pre][/list]

[list][list]The guards would hesitate for a second before withdrawing back into the prison. The atmosphere became stiff as men from both sides aimed rifles at each other, no one knew how the situation would play out, if the guards attempted to resist they'd kiss their lives goodbye. Colonel Selu however, was not keen on having a firefight with the guards as doing so would potentially lead to failure, especially if they killed him or Anwar. Three minutes later, however, the guards walk outside with Anwar and released him to the soldiers.[/list][/list]

[list]{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐅𝐚𝐰𝐳𝐢 𝐒𝐞𝐥𝐮}

[I][pre]Long live Brigader General Anwar Bannud! Long live the revolution!! Long live Syria!!![/pre]

{𝐒𝐨𝐥𝐝𝐢𝐞𝐫𝐬}

[pre]LONG LIVE BRIGADER GENERAL ANWAR BANNUD!!! LONG LIVE THE REVOLTUION!!! LONG LIVE SYRIA!!![/pre]

{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]As-salamu alaikum Colonel, its good to finally leave that dam cage. Now then, whats the situation Colonel?[/pre]

{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐅𝐚𝐰𝐳𝐢 𝐒𝐞𝐥𝐮}

[I][pre]Everything is set in motion Brigider, Colonel al-Hinnawi and the rest of the 1st Brigade is awaiting for us in the Al Mazzeh district to march into Damascus. Za'im will link up once we capture the city.[/pre]

{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]Well then, let us not keep al-Hinnawi waiting any further! Everyone get back into the trucks, for tonight we are marching on straight to Damascus!!![/pre][/list]

[list][list]BACK IN DAMASCUS, 30 MINUTES EARLIER, With Colonel al-Hinnawi stuck waiting for the two officers to link up with him, two police officers doing nightly patrols noticed the huge military convo. Not knowing what to do, they retreat back to their station and contact Police Minister Muhsin al-Barazi. Who in turn, contacted Colonel Wahab el-Hakim via a military phone line to alert him about the massive military force at the gates of Damascus. Awoken around 1:40 AM, Colonel Hakim while still in his pajamas was given the telephone by his two personal guards.[/list][/list]

[list]{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐖𝐚𝐡𝐚𝐛 𝐞𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐤𝐢𝐦}

[I][pre]Stay clam Officer...military trucks....tanks, and artillery support. Yes yes, I understood that they are there, but what the hell are they doing here in Damascus? You don't know? Then find out Officer Barazi![/pre]

[I]Colonel Hakim slams the phone down and begins dialing the Ministry of Defense to alert Damascus Garrison Commander, Fakih Jamil.

{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐖𝐚𝐡𝐚𝐛 𝐞𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐤𝐢𝐦}

[pre]Commander Jamil! I need you to pay close attention. Police Minister Barazi has alerted me to the presence of a large military convoy in the Al-Mazzeh district, I need you to mobilize the garrison immediately. Everyone Commander! Gather whatever troops you can muster and see what the hell is going on! I have to warn the President and Prime Minister right away![/pre][/list]

[list][list]Al-Mazzeh District, 1:57 AM. Still awaiting, Colonel al-Hinnawi grew impatient. It was about to be 2:00 AM and his fellow officers had yet to show up. Hinnawi growing nervous that the Prison may have resisted Colonel Selu would have to make a call, either march into Damascus preemptively or risk staying in the district. The latter being too risking, Hinnawi would make a judgment call to begin the assault against the government. Hinnawi began barking orders at his sub-officers to mobilize the convoy and begin their march towards Umayyin Square. He would leave a small escort force for the two officers once they arrived. Once the convoy began marching down Fayez Mansour road, but halfway to the square, they were met with a small police force of 20 men blocking the road towards the square.[/list][/list]

[list]{𝐏𝐨𝐥𝐢𝐜𝐞 𝐒𝐞𝐚𝐫𝐠𝐞𝐧𝐭 𝐊𝐚𝐝𝐞𝐧 𝐒𝐚𝐥𝐥𝐨𝐮𝐦}

[pre]STOP AT ONCE! THIS IS THE DAMASCUS POLICE, IDENTIFY YOURSELF AND EXPLAIN WHY THIS MILITARY CONVOY IS HERE AND NOT AT THE BORDER WITH ISRAEL!!!![/pre]

From the Convoy, one of the Colonel's sub-commanders went to the front and gave his orders to the police to clear out of their way.

{𝐌𝐚𝐣𝐨𝐫 𝐆𝐚𝐝𝐢 𝐌𝐢𝐚𝐡}

[pre]Stand down or face our wrath!!! We don't want to kill anybody, but we won't hesitate to cut anybody who stands in the way of our Revolution![/pre][/list]

[pre]TO BE CONTINUED...[/pre]

Val Verde-, Antillian, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, New Raines, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica

G'day, I'm new and interested in joining the Roleplay!

Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, New Raines, Pacifica Occidentalis

Orwelis wrote:G'day, I'm new and interested in joining the Roleplay!

Howdy howdy! Do you have Discord? If not that's okay, but if you join our server we can help you more directly :)

Grand Indochina

[list][sup]NOVEMBER 5TH 1953[/sup]

RAMPING VIOLENCE [/list]

___

[sup]Italy[/sup]

Italy sees an uptick in terrorism as violent clashes begin to escalate across the entire peninsula

___

| Following the battle of Rome last year where Neo-fascists and communists openly attacked each other during a rally, Communist and Fascist attacks have begun rapidly expanding in size and death counts continue to escalate. In fact they have escalated to the point where even moderates on both sides are starting to feel the pressure of not taking a side, and as both socialists and conservatives sit on the sidelines condemning but doing nothing more people get radicalized, a deadly process that will only end in violence. Either sit on the sidelines and let people become radicalized, or take a side which guarantees violence continues. Conservatives worry Italy will be pushed towards Communism, and most are willing to use the Neo-fascists as useful thugs, thinking they'll never take power and paying them no more mind than that. Meanwhile the Socialists intensely fear Fascism taking power in Italy again, and some see the possibility of cooperating with radical Marxists as necessary to stop the Fascists, not all though. Unless the Christian Democratic party tries to extend its hand to the socialists both will continue this. A disturbing trend has arisen, in that being radicals using car bombs as tactical makeshift weapons against the militia forces of both sides. Which have both grown to measurable sizes, with the MSI Tricolor Brigades growing in the hundreds, soon numbering a thousand, and the newly formed terrorist militia 'Red People's Militia' having similar numbers. Terror attacks similar to the recent Sicily attacks are slowly appearing in major cities all over Italy, with communist groups attempting to seize control of specific buildings.|

___

| "L'Italia e' una Repubblica democratica, fondata sul lavoro." |

___

Val Verde-, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, New Raines, Teymour

Sicilian communist Party

Expanding the brotherhood

The small city of Montelepre, Sicily has slowly begun showing support for the Sicilian communist party. Propaganda posters, and even small protests in the city has brought in new members into the Sicilian communist party. The recent show of force in Palermo Has shown the population that the Sicilian communist party has the means to actually make a change in the system. The city is considered a prime location to expand the party. A new secret HQ would be set up in the small city. Here the group can better organize the local party members in the city, and allow for more efficient planning of future operations.

—————————

Weapons of the Revolution

A secret meeting in the new HQ in Montelepre is going on about the lack of weaponry that the organization has.

Angelo Russo

We have a few rifles yes. But we don’t even have half of what we need to arm even half of our party. How can we start a revolution if we don’t even have the guns to do it. It’s not like we make our own.

Toney Tribiano

Well we could try buying more from the mafia

Angelo Russo

They mark up the price on those guns so high it’s practically theft.

Toney tribiano

Well I think I may have a plan.

Angelo Russo

Well what is it?

Toney tribiano

Well, the Portuguese are selling off thousands of outdated FN Model 24 series bolt action rifles. At very cheap prices. Less than 30$ a rifle. My contact in Lisbon says There’s a bulk shipment heading to Palermo Around 300 or so, going to the local police forces in Sicily. But I say we take some of them off there hands.

Angelo Russo

How do you suppose we do that? We can’t exactly just walk up and take them.

Toney Tribiano

Exactly so we’re going to capture the ship instead?

Angelo Russo

Are you crazy!? How will we pull that off?

Toney Tribiano

Well there are some pretty fast boats in the Palermo harbor........

———————————————

The docks

Toney, and 5 other men would from the Sicilian communists party would walk down the many harbors and piers of Palermo, in search of a big and fast enough boat to carry all the cargo they were about to steal. Toney would then spot the perfect vessels for the job.

Toney Tribiano

There she is! That’s the one

*the boat was a 25 foot long fishing vessel, with two twin engines. She would be fast enough to catch a cargo ship. And hold enough space for the crew and cargo. The men would wait till nightfall to commence there operation.

9:00 pm

*under the cover of darkness the 6 men armed with FAL battle rifles would easily take the ship. As no one was guarding the pier that it was moored to. The ship did not require a key to start, they simply turned on the ignition to the twin engines and fled the harbor as fast as they could. They would wait in fear as if anyone suspected them of theft they would be a sitting duck in the water, thankfully no one suspected a thing. The men would have to work quickly the ship was estimated to be around 60 miles away from Palermo at around 11:00 pm. Using typical cargo traffic Patterns they would await there prey. There were looking for a ship called the PMM Rattle a Portugese merchant ship. According to the informant the ship would be a somewhat small cargo ship only around 100 feet in length, and would have one big exhaust pipe in the back. The men would have to hope that the ship they saw was the ship they were looking for and nor just any random merchant vessel. Finally at around 11:15pm Toney spotted the outline of the ship. They would move there vessel closer at a fast speed, and Try to get a better look at the ship. As they got closer the ship began matching the description of what they were looking for. Toney made the decision to go ahead and board the vessel. Toney would chuckle and say A pirates life for us boys! There small fishing vessel would charge full speed ahead right towards the slow cargo ship. They would turn and pull along side the cargo ship. Toney would fire shots at the pilot house of the ship, while the men would throw up grappling hooks connected to rope onto the sides of the cargo ship. The men would climb up the rope and board the ship. They would have to be fast as they were sure the Italian navy would be just around the corner.

Boarding

The Sicilian communists would storm the pilot house, and would order the captain to stop the ship. After doing so the crew was rounded up 11 sailors from Portugal would be lined up and shot by the communists. Leaving no witnesses. The men would then quickly open the Woden crates as fast as possible looking for the rifles. After opening three boxes full of nothing but canned goods and flour, they finally found a crate of the guns they were looking for. The box had 10 rifles in it as well as a few clips of ammunition. The men would load it aboard there ship, and would continue there search, they would only give themselves 10 more minutes before fleeing the scene. The opened up another box and it was full of ammunition for the rifles. They would open up 3 more boxes of junk before finally finding another box of rifles. While it only contained 10 more rifles, They needed to get out of there! They would load up the boxes, and would flee the scene as fast as possible. The men were breathing heavy as the fear of being obliterated by the Italian navy filled there minds. However they were able to make it back to a secluded rendezvous spot along the coats of Sicily.

The Spoils

-20 FN Model 24 bolt action rifles

-1 crate of ammunition

-1 cool captains hat

Teujira, Antillian, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, New Raines, Teymour

[list][list]23 September 1953 - Saharan Military Experiments Center, Reggane, French Algeria

'BUILD THE BOMB'[/list][/list]

| The world has become increasingly hostile as tensions between the traditional world powers, Britain and France, grow more involved in the fight against the threat of Communism being spread around the globe by the Soviet Union. Central Europe and East Asia had become the main battlegrounds in the fight against Communism and, with the Iron Curtain descending over Soviet-occupied Europe and the militarism of the Soviet regime intensifying, the likelihood of all-out war with the Soviet Union has gone from a slight possibility to a threat looming over the collective consciousness of the world and, particularly, the leaders of the French Republic. In response to the Soviet threat, the French Republic has taken endeavors to not only outpace it economically but, under the de Gaulle presidency, militarily. Projects such as FAI's long-range stealth bomber and AMX's ARL 44M have been seriously expedited and given serious investment by the French government in the hopes of speeding up France's military ability to counter and, if necessary, beat the Soviet Union in an all-out Third World War. However, France has still put very little time, money, and effort into the construction of the ultimate weapon - the nuclear bomb. |

| France's nuclear program, established by Philippe Petain during the National Revolution, has since its 1942 inception been an entirely civilian project. Dedicated towards researching atomic energy than atomic weaponry, France's Commissariat à l'Énergie Atomique had made serious strides towards establishing various peaceful nuclear reactors throughout France but had steered clear of investigating nuclear weaponry. While the United Kingdom, the Soviet Union, and the United States all possessed atomic weaponry, France had not even begun to look into the prospect of owning them under President Edouard Daladier, a staunch non-Proliferation advocate. However, President de Gaulle has recognized that if France must remain militarily competitive with its enemies, the creation of an all-French nuclear weapon must be undertaken by the end of the decade. More than this, it must take a combined military-civilian effort to accomplish this goal, building off of the CEA's massive pool of highly qualified French and German nuclear scientists. |

| On 19 September, a letter is sent to Francis Perrin, the High Commissioner for Atomic Energy, by President de Gaulle. Having replaced the anti-militaristic and communist-aligned Frédéric Joliot-Curie only months into de Gaulle's Presidency, Perrin had made himself one of the main proponents of a French nuclear weapons program alongside Brigadier General Pierre Marie Gallois, Bordeaux Mayor Jacques Chaban-Delmas, and scientists Yves Rocard and Bertrand Goldschmidt. The letter, written and signed by the President himself, relays the following: |

[list][list]"Mr. Perrin,

I would like to begin by giving you my most sincere congratulations for your strong and well-organized management of the C.E.A. Under your leadership, the C.E.A. has been able to make strides in all departments, and productivity has increased across the board. Your efforts have not gone unnoticed, however you may feel about them, and I am personally thankful for what you have done as High Commissioner of Atomic Energy.

Right now you, as I, know that France is on the backfoot in regards to the development of new and powerful weaponry. We may field all the most advanced jet fighters, the largest carriers, the biggest and fastest tanks in the world, however this amounts to nothing compared to the awesome and devastating power which weapons of the atomic nature possess. My predecessor may have been averse towards the development of an atomic bomb, but we cannot afford to be caught without full preparation for conflict with our enemies in any department. As we speak, our enemies are building hundreds upon hundreds of nuclear bombs and warheads, all ready to be aimed and fired at Paris, Bordeaux, Toulon. Without weapons of our own to establish nuclear deterrence, there is very little stopping Mad Grechko from dropping atomic weapons on our nation.

Therefor, as President of the French Republic and the French Union, I am both asking you and giving you permission to begin the establishment of an atomic weapons program within the C.E.A. This program will work in conjunction with a new unit of the French Armed Forces, the Nuclear Experiments Operational Group of the Joint Special Weapons Command, which I will be establishing in the coming days under the command of Brigadier General Pierre Marie Gallois ... Additionally, I will be allotting territory near the town of Reggane in Algeria to be used as a nuclear testing site by your program and the French Armed Forces.

...

You must ensure total security of this operation. I will see to it that the stability of the area around Reggane is completely secured by the French military, however our operation to build an atomic bomb must be secure on the inside too. Only invite the most qualified and loyal scientists to this team, and ensure that they are paid well for their work, and to keep their secrets. Consider this a blank check, but additionally, I expect that this weapon will be prepared before 1958. You have all the resources you need to make this a reality- make it happen.

Best wishes to you and Mrs. Perrin,

C. de Gaulle"[/list][/list]

| Immediately after receiving authorization from the President to begin a nuclear program, Perrin begins selecting team members to be sent to Algeria to oversee atomic weapons research. While the headquarters of the C.E.A. will remain in Paris, the C.E.A.'s nuclear weapons department will be established with its headquarters in Algiers to ensure a close proximity to its test site at Reggane and the secondary site at In Ekker. Bertrand Goldschmidt, famed for his status as Marie Curie's final assistant, is chosen to serve as project head for the A-bomb program while Brigadier General Gallois is assigned to be the head of the Saharan Center for Military Experiments, the new research facility near Reggane. Other scientists involved with the program include Yves Rocard Hans von Halban, Lew Kowarski, Jules Guéron, and the German scientists Kurt Diebner, Werner Heisenberg, Friedrich Bopp, all taken from Germany to France as part of the ongoing allied Denazification programs. The three German scientists in the program, some of the brightest in their home country, have been working with the C.E.A. under Operation Firm Hand since 1950. |

| The Saharan Center for Military Experiments will operate in conjunction with the Hammaguir missile facility which, since 1947, has been operated as France's main rocketry facility. Due to Algeria's remote isolation and prime conditions for missile and nuclear testing, the governments of Petain and now de Gaulle have made sure to utilize Algeria's natural potential to its fullest. |

Arcanda, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Teymour, Pacifica Occidentalis

[spoiler=RP Theme]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2gm_RJUtPg[/spoiler]

[pre]Year of the Water Dragon[/pre]

[sub]1952- October 4[/sub]

亚洲汗红!

Asia Sweats Red!

[spoiler=Tags]Arcanda[/spoiler]

|中国共产党, 政治|

Politburo of the Chinese Communist Party, Beijing: 8am

|PT. I|

Premier ZHOU ENLAI:[pre] I assume you've seen this? [he holds up a report from the Foreign Ministry][/pre]

Deputy Foreign Minister CHEN YI:[pre] I have. Doesn't bode well for us does it? I was hoping they'd have relinquished power to our brethren in the JCP by now. Looks like the military institutions of the State of Japan aren't as shattered as the Yanks thought them to be. [/pre]

Zhou: [pre]Indeed. It might pose an obstruction to China's objectives and diplomatic interests in the region should this illegitimate junta be permitted to endure. As such, we cannot and will not abide this "Fujiwara", and whatever pretensions he may have towards rule of Japan.[/pre]

Chen: [pre]Of course. But we must take note: there are strong anti-Chinese sentiments in the country and they have just taken centrestage in Japanese politics. [/pre]

Zhou:[pre] He's suspended the election as well, hasn't he? This is a path we are all too familiar with. He clearly has no intent or commitment to democratic principles in Japan. Of course, neither do we necessarily- we could've worked together, shame he's such a firebrand about the Socialist Revolution.[/pre]

Chen:[pre] I say we fight fire with fire. The only reason he was able to dismantle the entire organisational structure of the JCP was because of how poorly-armed it was, and because of the anti-communist sentiment brewing in Japan. Legally, he hasn't got a leg to stand on and I believe he *knows it.*[/pre]

Zhou:[pre] Precisely. I knew I could rely on you for this kind of situation. I've spoken with the Chairman already, and I have some ideas. Here's what we'll do.[/pre]

|The two men motion for the mahogany door of their chamber to be drawn shut as they pull out a bevy of maps, charts, books and other reference material. Scribbling furiously through the cold autumn night, there is no word from them to the outside world except intermittent calls for tea, and for the heating to be turned up. After what seems like a matter of several grueling hours, they produce a document and glance over it, satisfied. This will do for now.|

|毛主席办公室|

Office of Chairman Mao Zedong, Beijing, October 5: 2 pm

|PT. II|

|Chairman Mao has just signed the document drafted by Enlai and Yi, and its constituents (as follows) have been implemented:|

箱体白色:

[sub]为确保天朝革命开花结果而表达物质和外交支持的行动![/sub]

Case White:

[sub] Operation for the Expression of Material and Diplomatic Support in Order to Ensure the Blossoming of the Heavenly Revolution![/sub]

====================

[sub]Whereas the Communist Party of China, acting at the behest of the Government of the People's Republic of China and its citizens,

Wary of the recent seizure of power by the military in Japan,

Cognisant of the procession of past events and keen to stem the tide of militarism to prevent conflict,

Mindful of its responsibility to safeguard the rights of workers in Asia,

Determined to further the spread of socialism in Asia, and to check the growth of rightist neomilitarism in the Far East,

and

Resolute in its desire to provide material and intangible support to organisations that choose to align themselves with the CCP and its aims,

Authorises that the following actions take place in order to support the JCP's bid for power in Japan:

1. The establishment of pirate radio stations along the Chinese coastline, whose role shall be:

a) the circumvention of radio blackout and to inform the Japanese public of the true nature of the military's actions,

b) to spread pro-Communist and pro-Chinese propaganda urging them to unionise and strike against the illegal actions of Fujiwara's junta

c) to develop sentiments of rebellion and dissatisfaction among the Japanese public

d) to take advantage of the communications blackout imposed by the junta to monopolise telecommunications media, and to ensure the penetration of China's message to as many members of the Japanese public as humanly possible

e) to incite them to turn to China and the JCP as the saviours who will deliver them from the actions of the government

f) to spread fear and panic about suppression of civil rights, militarisation, autocracy and other such fears of the war-weary Japanese among the citizenship

2. The establishment of a direct liaison with the JCP in which as stated earlier Hu Yaobang shall be the primary intermediary. Regular meetings are to be held under which the CCP will assist in organising and structuring the JCP in order that the events of 28 September never will and never can repeat themselves.

3. The militarisation, with Chinese assistance, of the JCP, in order to combat the rising tide of governmental militarism through guerrilla warfare and terror tactics to undermine the incumbents. This shall occur as described below:

a) The establishment of an independent insurgent force functioning under the aegis of the JCP called the Japanese Red Army, which will be the knife to the JCP's quill in bringing about a Socialist revolution in Japan.

b) The organisation and training of this force will occur in China, where as a consequence of the Civil War, the PLA has considerable experience in guerrilla warfare.

c) The Japanese Red Army shall function similarly to the Viet Minh, albeit on a grander scale. They will conduct hit-and-run attacks and terror campaigns against key government and military instalments, while taking care that civilian targets remain unharmed. This will, in conjunction with propaganda campaigns, assistance of peasants with manual labour, and the rigid discipline that will forbid any rapine against civilians, serve to gain the favour of the citizens and paint the junta as an oppressive occupying force.

d) They will be supplied with Chinese-produced small arms and light weaponry necessary to conduct such a campaign in the hilly terrain of Japan.

e) They will aim to recruit members from the general public, and once the core corps of the Red Army has been trained in China, it will conduct its own training programmes in bases in the hills where they are more difficult to root out.

f) The arms and ammunitions required for these campaigns will be supplied by Chinese industry and shipped via small fishing boats and other inconspicuous surface vessels to Fukuejima. The weapons are to be concealed and shipped in pallets to Fukuejima off the coast of Kyushu, where the JCP will distribute them as required. The pallets are to be marked with Vietnamese/American insignia and all the crews/boats are to be taken from southwestern China where Vietnamese is a commonly spoken language among the fisherman classes.

4. Mao Zedong himself shall deliver an address to the Chinese and Japanese publics to inform them of the magnitude of what has taken place, as well as to express China's support of democracy and the rights of the worker in Japan, and its condemnation of the illegal actions of the NSF.

5. The restructuring of the JCP leadership by selecting new supremos from amongst its cadre, as well as (if necessary) the supplementation of its ranks through Chinese communists.

6. The JCP shall engage in a campaign of radicalising and arming the citizenry, in the villages and more significantly in towns and cities, as well as calling for nationwide strikes and riots, which shall now be armed thanks to Chinese weapons.

7. The JCP will engage in the provision of ham radios to all citizens to ensure that the message of Socialism can reach as many as possible.[/sub]

|天安门广场|

Tiananmen Square, Beijing, 4 pm

|PT. III|

|In the grey and rainy Beijing afternoon, with a light drizzle coating the busy city in a layer of cold, Chairman Mao stands at a lectern and clears his throat as he prepares to speak. The eyes and ears of China, and, one dares say, of Asia, look on with keen intent. Since the speech is being broadcast on the same frequency as regular Japanese radio, it is expected that the Japanese dub will reach the vast majority of Japanese households|

Chairman MAO ZEDONG: [pre] Workers and peasants of Japan! Today is your darkest hour. As Nippon stands on a precipice, the power of choosing its fate lies in your hands. The actions of the illegitimate military junta have Japan poised to fall down its previous dark path of militarism and self-destruction!

Do not lie down with your hands tied. Do not accept a fate that is still very much in your hands to change. Do not merely accept what amounts to nothing less than a stripping from you of your rights, your freedoms and your democracy.

Japan, indeed the world, is weary of war. Too long did we fight, too many lives did we sacrifice, in defence of peace and stability, for us to simply discard the learnings of this war and embark on the same path that precipitated us into conflict only 7 years ago. Japan is a proud and free nation, and the responsibility to keep it this way falls on your capable shoulders.

Fight, I say! Fight for your freedom, for your liberty, for your humanity!

Fight for the millions who died in the war!

Fight for the mothers who lost their children!

Fight for the hundreds who have been stripped of hearth and home by the feckless militarism of the bourgeois!

And fight, my fellow workers and farmers, for the land that you make great!

When the right fails you, and embarks on illegal and unmerited actions in order to strengthen its own tenuous grasp on power, perhaps the right is not where one must turn. Turn to the left, turn to socialism, comrades!

The workingmen and women of Japan bow to no man, and certainly no man who attempts to consolidate power without their consent. Do not simply bow to the corrupt capitalist and accept his rule, when you hold the balance of power in your hands!

Do not accept their tyranny, when you have the ability to end it!

Do not embrace the path that so recently led you so near destruction!

For if there is one thing people such as the junta fear, it is a united, powerful, and ENRAGED proletariat. You and you alone have the power to change it, and you and you alone know that you MUST.

This is why we fight, comrades! This, this is why we fight![/pre]

|He descends the podium to thunderous applause from the audience gathered to hear him speak. As a committed Communist, Mao will do whatever necessary to ensure that the opportunity presented by the JCP's momentous rise is exploited to the fullest. However, it remains to be seen if the rest of the CCP cadre will remain so fervent in the long run.|

Arcanda, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Czabalkia, New Raines, Teymour, Tadros

[list][sup] October 1953 [/sup]

Sweden Unveils New Indigenous Tank Design [/list]

[sup] The Kingdom of Sweden [/sup]

After many years of hard work, the Kingdom of Sweden can finally announce the production of a new Main Battle Tank

| Today, the CEO of Bofors Inc., Martin Ardbo, announced the new Swedish indigenous tank codenamed EMIL. Sweden has searched for a new modern tank design capable of fighting the very best the West and East has to offer, but for a long time, to no avail. It was therefore decided in 1949 that a new Swedish Main Battle tank was to be designed and eventually built by Bofors Inc.

The requirement for this new modern tank were strict. It was not to weigh more than 32 metric tonnes at full combat load, No smaller cannon than 140mm, preferably an autoloader at that. It needed to have enough frontal armor to withstand any conventional ammunition currently available on the market. A power to weight ratio of 18hp/t was to be achieved, which would've allowed the vehicle to reach speeds of over 50 km/h.

With great joy in his voice, Martin proudly proclaimed that all requirements had not only been met, but had been exceeded. He promptly pulled down a picture showing a drawing of the tank itself, aswell as it's technical specifications.

They were as following: Top and marching speed - 60/55 km/h. Main armament is a Bofors 15cm smoothbore of 40 calibres in length loaded via an autoloader, giving the EMIL a rate of fire of nearly 14 rounds per minute. The 15cm cannon is backed up by 2 8mm m/39 machine guns mounted in a coaxial position. The power to weight ratio is 20.53 hp/t, the horsepower is 550 at 2800 rpm, provided by an 8 cylinder v12 with 75 octane fuel. The weight of the tank is 28 tonnes with a 3 man crew. Height = 2,35 meters, width = 2,62 meters, length excluding cannon (5,8m) = 7,4 meters.

With the specifications out of the way, Martin spoke about the Swedish army's interest in the vehicle. The Army had purchased two prototypes for evaluation purposes, and if they are deemed adequate for Swedish service, an initial order of 50 tanks will be placed. All 50 tanks will be delivered by March 1955. Once the initial batch has been made, another 150 tanks will be purchased with the goal of being delivered by 1957.

The tankregiments P2 - Skåne, P3 - Södermanland and P4 - Skaraborg, will be equipped with these new tanks.

|

| "Plikten Framför Allt - Duty Above All" |

Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, New Raines, Teymour, Pacifica Occidentalis

[list]Greek Defense of Democracy

9:00 AM, June 15, 1953, Crete[/list]

| 9:00 AM: The Greek forces on Karpathos, consisting only of civilians and a platoon of soldiers, were caught by surprise by the invasion. The civilian populace, granted the right to own and use guns a few years prior, either evacuated or joined up arms with the Greek military in order to repel the invaders. The word was sent to HQ about the enemy invasion. The Greek military HQ responded, announcing that it would be sending reinforcements and naval assets to the three active fronts of the invasion. The Greek forces on Karpathos were specifically given the order to eliminate as many of the enemy attackers as possible. |

____________________

[list]June 15, 1953, Crete[/list]

|: The Greek forces at Tympaki Airport were holding back the enemy paratrooper forces. The enemy's number of paratroopers were much smaller than the number of armed staff at the airport. The main facilities of the airport were left virtually empty, as the soldiers were now taking up positions at the edge of the airport in order to set up a defensive perimeter, while also using the local terrain and infrastructure for cover. Meanwhile, the dogfight in the air continues, as the faster and more agile enemy aircraft were attacking the less agile and slower Greek aircraft that were holdovers from WW2. While taking casualties, the difference in speed between the two aircraft was beneficial to the Greeks as the differences in aircraft speed decreased accuracy from enemy fire, while exposing the enemy aircraft up to Greek fire, every time an enemy aircraft flew passed and maneuvered around the Greek aircraft. Meanwhile, the Greek battalions heading towards the airport were preparing their attack plans while heading towards the airport. |

____________________

[list]June 15, 1953, Rhodes[/list]

|: The Greek forces reached the reported landing site to see that the landing forces were no longer there. These forces then destroyed or looted whatever enemy equipment (including landing vehicles) and weapons left behind by the enemy. Workers at the Gadoura dam reported on the enemy position, but lacking a fast direct route by road, the Greek battalions were ordered to return to Rhodes and set up a defensive perimeter around the city. The Colonel in charge of Rhodes decided to let the enemy come to them instead of them coming to the enemy. The Greek forces on Rhodes began planning on how to deal with the invading force. Civilians were told to report any sightings of the enemy, so that the enemy locations could be tracked, though following the enemy was discouraged. |

Kartnan

Portuguese News report

FN Herstal Automobile industry???

-Portugal for years has tried and failed to acquire an automobile industry. The automobile industry is a very profitable market in the modern world, and provides many high paying jobs. However a representative from FN-Herstal approached the government with a solution. FN-Herstal when it was still a Belgian company had multiple automobile and motorcycle designs, and even produced a few vehicles before the start of WWII. The Representative stated, that if theses older design were given a more modern engine, they could be a viable competitor on the market, and would estimate the the home grown design would attract buyers in Portugal. And could even be exported to other countries. After many months of design and work, a new Portuguese Automobile design was finished.

Now announcing the Brand new FN 51CV 1625 cabriolet (1953-Edition)!!

This car has a 11CV engine, with a side-mounted camshaft and overhead valves, and has a four speed transmission! This car can comfortably carry up to 4 passengers! Get your new car today!

Image here https://imgur.com/a/53NgO6r

Grand Indochina, Kartnan, New Raines, Teymour

[sub][list]B I L D --- SPECIAL REPORT[/list][/sub]

German Protests Erupt After French Announcement of International Economic Community

[pre]Protestors mainly in Saarbrücken, Düsseldorf, Cologne, and Bonn are demanding the removal of allied troops and economic freedoms returned to the government[/pre]

[list]In past days, the DeGaulle administration in Paris announced the creation of the International Economic Community(Communauté économique internationale) between France, her colonies, Laos, Cambodia, Monaco, Egypt, Haiti, and Argentina. The goal of the group is to increase economic cooperation and development, including low tariffs on trade between member states. This however, in conjunction with the German military officials being governed by the French, has sparked public outrage across Western Germany.

“We face shortages of basic necessities like water, food, housing, electricity, and medical supplies. Still even seven years after the war, we have not recovered like other nations have. Why? Because the French Government continues to hold our economy hostage.” said one protestor in Bonn.

Due to the Joint Declaration of German Independence signed in 1948 by Germany and the Allied governments, the Rhineland, under the Rhineland Mutual Cooperation Zone, and the Saarland, dubbed a “French Protectorate”, are occupied and administered by Franco-British forces. All major companies were forced to give majority shares to Franco-British companies with forced stock openings on these companies.

“The Rhineland Mutual Cooperation Zone is a major problem for us in Parliament and the people of Germany. It stipulates that over 16 million of our country men must work under the guise of foreign troops and the fruits of their labor go to not their families, but to the allied governments. DeGaulle and his cronies in Paris need to crack a history book and see that this is very similar to the Treaty of Versailles signed in 1918. Look how well that turned out for them.” Said Christian Social Union leader Hans Ehard.

In recent days, Chancellor Konrad Adenauer of the Christian Democrat Union, which governs in a grand coalition holding two-thirds of the seats in the Bundestag, is facing growing pressure to try and resolve the growing crisis, but has yet to make any official statement. Adenauer is responsible for the first treaty in 1948 and has tried to make some economic reforms, which so far have little effect and which the opposition blames the harsh stipulations as the cause. Further, Chairman of German Affairs in the Rhineland Norbert Röttgen has resigned due to political pressure, with Economic Minister Kurt Schmücker taking temporary control of the post.

“They have taken our scientists, our money, and national identity. For all purposes, we are another colony of France. They want to rule their colonies, grant some independence, and then parade around the world claiming economic prosperity, liberty, and democracy. Well let me tell you. France will not let Germany be free. After 20 years under a fascist dictatorship, we have another under De Gaulle. We have had enough of false promises and failures.” said Greta Schindler, a student at the University of Frankfurt and a leader of the growing protest movement. "They talk about peace in Europe, then why did they invade Greece and why are they keeping Germany on the ground with both hands tied behind its back?"

Protestors primary demands are that Allied troops leave both the Saarland and the Rhineland, that German companies are returned to Germany, and German intellectuals, innovators, and scientists are released back to Germany.

[spoiler=tags]

Czabalkia

Not Xav

[/spoiler]

Arcanda, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, New Raines, Teymour, The Reunified German Reich

A Speech about germany

[sub]September | before the Parliament [/sub]

A Speech starts from the President after beeing asked 3 days ago about the state of Germany. The President steps forward

He has papers with him he places them on the podium and tries to smoothen them out with his hands. He begins staring into the small crowd that had time to come but there is not onyl the crowd but reporters television and a few people taking photos. He clears his throat and begins. Dear people of the netherlands my people you're asking why I'm making this speech it Was after I was asked what I think about the state of Germany I slowly started writing this piece of text and I will now tell you what I think about it he says with a slightly hard and angry tone. These *he begins shouting stops coughs and starts from new. These so called liberaters that say that have peace and freedom not only have colony but treat a European brother like a colony keeping it in chains and letting it kneel but never letting this young new Republik walk. What I see is the surpression of an entire nation what i see is not finally embracing and overcoming the hate between nations but tearing up old and new wounds that even after things get better will take time to heal. It truly saddens me I believed in a restart not forgetting but not blaming

I thought that after decades of war we would finally see each others as brothers and would stick with each other now that we face a threat as big as the ussr but thats sadly what's not happening its like the lion and the rooster are Slowely pulling the feathers from the already crippled eagly while the bear just waits until it can unleash its claws and kill both.

Were not forgetting the things Germany has done but we should not forget what has lead too those events in the first place. As the president ends his speech he doesn't even wait until the clapping stops he just leaves with a sad face

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Concorrdia, New Raines

Concorrdia wrote:[sub][list]B I L D --- SPECIAL REPORT[/list][/sub]

German Protests Erupt After French Announcement of International Economic Community

[pre]Protestors mainly in Saarbrücken, Düsseldorf, Cologne, and Bonn are demanding the removal of allied troops and economic freedoms returned to the government[/pre]

[list]In past days, the DeGaulle administration in Paris announced the creation of the International Economic Community(Communauté économique internationale) between France, her colonies, Laos, Cambodia, Monaco, Egypt, Haiti, and Argentina. The goal of the group is to increase economic cooperation and development, including low tariffs on trade between member states. This however, in conjunction with the German military officials being governed by the French, has sparked public outrage across Western Germany.

“We face shortages of basic necessities like water, food, housing, electricity, and medical supplies. Still even seven years after the war, we have not recovered like other nations have. Why? Because the French Government continues to hold our economy hostage.” said one protestor in Bonn.

Due to the Joint Declaration of German Independence signed in 1948 by Germany and the Allied governments, the Rhineland, under the Rhineland Mutual Cooperation Zone, and the Saarland, dubbed a “French Protectorate”, are occupied and administered by Franco-British forces. All major companies were forced to give majority shares to Franco-British companies with forced stock openings on these companies.

“The Rhineland Mutual Cooperation Zone is a major problem for us in Parliament and the people of Germany. It stipulates that over 16 million of our country men must work under the guise of foreign troops and the fruits of their labor go to not their families, but to the allied governments. DeGaulle and his cronies in Paris need to crack a history book and see that this is very similar to the Treaty of Versailles signed in 1918. Look how well that turned out for them.” Said Christian Social Union leader Hans Ehard.

In recent days, Chancellor Konrad Adenauer of the Christian Democrat Union, which governs in a grand coalition holding two-thirds of the seats in the Bundestag, is facing growing pressure to try and resolve the growing crisis, but has yet to make any official statement. Adenauer is responsible for the first treaty in 1948 and has tried to make some economic reforms, which so far have little effect and which the opposition blames the harsh stipulations as the cause. Further, Chairman of German Affairs in the Rhineland Norbert Röttgen has resigned due to political pressure, with Economic Minister Kurt Schmücker taking temporary control of the post.

“They have taken our scientists, our money, and national identity. For all purposes, we are another colony of France. They want to rule their colonies, grant some independence, and then parade around the world claiming economic prosperity, liberty, and democracy. Well let me tell you. France will not let Germany be free. After 20 years under a fascist dictatorship, we have another under De Gaulle. We have had enough of false promises and failures.” said Greta Schindler, a student at the University of Frankfurt and a leader of the growing protest movement. "They talk about peace in Europe, then why did they invade Greece and why are they keeping Germany on the ground with both hands tied behind its back?"

Protestors primary demands are that Allied troops leave both the Saarland and the Rhineland, that German companies are returned to Germany, and German intellectuals, innovators, and scientists are released back to Germany.

[spoiler=tags]

Czabalkia

Not Xav

[/spoiler]

[list][list]December 1953 - Cologne, North Rhine-Westphalia, Rhineland Mutual Cooperation Zone, Federal Republic of Germany

DE GAULLE, FRANCE DECRIES THE RE-EMERGENCE OF MILITARISM IN GERMANY[/list][/list]

| Small-scale protests have erupted throughout West Germany, forcing both Britain and France to act to quell the chaos being caused by German militants and rioters. |

| The strategy taken by de Gaulle and, in London, de Gaulle's ally Prime Minister Rothschild to combat the spread of anti-Allied sentiments in Germany is has taken various approaches, some more direct and some more public than others. As the demonstrations take place throughout Germany, the French press and state officials have mostly labeled the demonstrations, as news outlet Le Quotidien stated in their monthly article, 'no different than the street marches of the National Socialists two decades ago'. President de Gaulle has remained largely silent on the matter, but at a small gathering of other RPF officials in Paris this month, went on record stating that he 'condemns, in all ways, the violent demonstrations occurring in Germany'. British press has done very much the same, decrying the demonstrations and attacking its leaders as fascist sympathizers who hold the same radical beliefs as the Nazi Party. |

| Within the Saar Protectorate, the Saar Police have mostly encountered little issue breaking up demonstrations peacefully, however a demonstration in Sarrebruck did turn violent after German demonstrators were met by members of the pro-French "Campo Formio Alliance", so-named after the peace treaty which signed over the Saar to the French Republic in 1797. Nearly 250 German protestors attacked the Campo Formio Alliance, in total numbering around five hundred, resulting in a street brawl between the two groups and the arrest of nearly 67 members of the German protestors. Some eighteen members of the Campo Formio Alliance were also arrested, but later released after evidence released by the Saar Police showed that the brawl was started unilaterally by the German demonstrators. |

| In the Rhineland, the demonstrations have been met with a harsher, and more brutal approach. Members of the Rhineland Police Service- the British wing of the allied police presence in the Rhineland, have been dispatched to quell the chaos through the use of non-lethal force including firehoses, batons, and limited amounts of tear gas. In Cologne, the administrative capital of the Rhineland, tear gas was used more extensively due to the numbers of protestors present. French allied police units in Cologne were also spotted using force to remove protestors from commercial areas and important junctions and intersections. In order to ensure that the intense police presence did not stir up more controversy, the French and British governments have issued direct orders to German media outlets to diminish the scale of the riots and the police presence used to counter the anarchy. Under the pretext of Denazification, German newspapers, radios, and TV station's reports are screened and edited by Allied censorship agencies to ensure that fascist propaganda is not spread over the airways or throughout the papers of Germany. |

| The Allied High Commissioner of the Rhineland, Richard von Coudenhove-Kalergi, was brunt in his assessment of the matter occurring in the Rhineland, telling the presses that "the joint Allied administration in the Rhineland will not respect militant, radical outbreaks such as these to occur and obstruct normal business and life in the Rhineland." In response to the chaos, High Commissioner Coudenhove-Kalergi issued a curfew for all non-essential or economic matters in the Rhineland from 9PM to 6AM effective until 1 February 1954. The (British) Rhineland Police Service and the (French) Rhineland Police Authority will enforce the curfew, alongside the German Bundespolizei. Allied military personnel have also been deployed as an auxiliary force should the violence against businesses and the Allied policing force be escalated by the demonstrators. |

| In Germany proper, the demands for the removal of Allied military presence from Germany has been met with a harsh and resolute 'no'. In particular, Defense Minister Marie-Pierre Kœnig told the French press that the allied presence in Germany is 'the only thing separating the Red Army from Berlin' and that 'if the Allied military goes, the German Territorial Forces goes with us'. While the allied military presence(excluding the German Territorial Forces) in Germany beyond the Rhineland is limited to certain allotted bases, the complete demilitarization of the German state has meant that the Allied military presence has essentially determined the national defense of the Federal Republic since its independence. As a show of force on the part of President de Gaulle, a massive Christmas parade was held by the French Forces in Berlin, displaying a parade of some 2,300 soldiers and tanks of the French Army in the French Sector of West Berlin. |

Otsla, Grand Indochina, New Raines, Teymour

Czabalkia wrote:[list][list]December 1953 - Cologne, North Rhine-Westphalia, Rhineland Mutual Cooperation Zone, Federal Republic of Germany

DE GAULLE, FRANCE DECRIES THE RE-EMERGENCE OF MILITARISM IN GERMANY[/list][/list]

| Small-scale protests have erupted throughout West Germany, forcing both Britain and France to act to quell the chaos being caused by German militants and rioters. |

| The strategy taken by de Gaulle and, in London, de Gaulle's ally Prime Minister Rothschild to combat the spread of anti-Allied sentiments in Germany is has taken various approaches, some more direct and some more public than others. As the demonstrations take place throughout Germany, the French press and state officials have mostly labeled the demonstrations, as news outlet Le Quotidien stated in their monthly article, 'no different than the street marches of the National Socialists two decades ago'. President de Gaulle has remained largely silent on the matter, but at a small gathering of other RPF officials in Paris this month, went on record stating that he 'condemns, in all ways, the violent demonstrations occurring in Germany'. British press has done very much the same, decrying the demonstrations and attacking its leaders as fascist sympathizers who hold the same radical beliefs as the Nazi Party. |

| Within the Saar Protectorate, the Saar Police have mostly encountered little issue breaking up demonstrations peacefully, however a demonstration in Sarrebruck did turn violent after German demonstrators were met by members of the pro-French "Campo Formio Alliance", so-named after the peace treaty which signed over the Saar to the French Republic in 1797. Nearly 250 German protestors attacked the Campo Formio Alliance, in total numbering around five hundred, resulting in a street brawl between the two groups and the arrest of nearly 67 members of the German protestors. Some eighteen members of the Campo Formio Alliance were also arrested, but later released after evidence released by the Saar Police showed that the brawl was started unilaterally by the German demonstrators. |

| In the Rhineland, the demonstrations have been met with a harsher, and more brutal approach. Members of the Rhineland Police Service- the British wing of the allied police presence in the Rhineland, have been dispatched to quell the chaos through the use of non-lethal force including firehoses, batons, and limited amounts of tear gas. In Cologne, the administrative capital of the Rhineland, tear gas was used more extensively due to the numbers of protestors present. French allied police units in Cologne were also spotted using force to remove protestors from commercial areas and important junctions and intersections. In order to ensure that the intense police presence did not stir up more controversy, the French and British governments have issued direct orders to German media outlets to diminish the scale of the riots and the police presence used to counter the anarchy. Under the pretext of Denazification, German newspapers, radios, and TV station's reports are screened and edited by Allied censorship agencies to ensure that fascist propaganda is not spread over the airways or throughout the papers of Germany. |

| The Allied High Commissioner of the Rhineland, Richard von Coudenhove-Kalergi, was brunt in his assessment of the matter occurring in the Rhineland, telling the presses that "the joint Allied administration in the Rhineland will not respect militant, radical outbreaks such as these to occur and obstruct normal business and life in the Rhineland." In response to the chaos, High Commissioner Coudenhove-Kalergi issued a curfew for all non-essential or economic matters in the Rhineland from 9PM to 6AM effective until 1 February 1954. The (British) Rhineland Police Service and the (French) Rhineland Police Authority will enforce the curfew, alongside the German Bundespolizei. Allied military personnel have also been deployed as an auxiliary force should the violence against businesses and the Allied policing force be escalated by the demonstrators. |

| In Germany proper, the demands for the removal of Allied military presence from Germany has been met with a harsh and resolute 'no'. In particular, Defense Minister Marie-Pierre Kœnig told the French press that the allied presence in Germany is 'the only thing separating the Red Army from Berlin' and that 'if the Allied military goes, the German Territorial Forces goes with us'. While the allied military presence(excluding the German Territorial Forces) in Germany beyond the Rhineland is limited to certain allotted bases, the complete demilitarization of the German state has meant that the Allied military presence has essentially determined the national defense of the Federal Republic since its independence. As a show of force on the part of President de Gaulle, a massive Christmas parade was held by the French Forces in Berlin, displaying a parade of some 2,300 soldiers and tanks of the French Army in the French Sector of West Berlin. |

[list][list]December 1953 - December Crisis - Bonn, Capital of Federal Republic of Germany

CHANCELLOR ADENAUER CONDEMS ALLIED RESPONSE: “ONLY MILITARISM COMES FROM ALLIED RESPONSE TO PEACEFUL PROTEST”[/list][/list]

- The unfolding crisis in Germany, now dubbed the “December Crisis” by the international press, has continued with harsh British and French respirals on peaceful German protests. The cabinet and government met in an emergency session of the Bundestag in Bonn as protests have only grown larger as a result of the violence by allied forces. The only Allied nations occupying the country to not attack German citizens were those of the United States and Soviet Union, the two growing world superpowers. Superpowers who have started to eclipse Britain and France as leaders of the world. Bonn is only 20 miles south of Cologne, where fire hoses were used against protestors and a curfew instituted, with British units patrolling the streets. In a broadcasted press conference late in the day, Chancellor Adenauer had strong words for the allied authorities.-

- “Let me set one thing straight. These protests are peaceful, at least they were until the British controlled Rhineland Police Service used fire hoses, batons, and teargas to stop citizens from exercising their constitutional rights. There is no militarism. There is no fascism. The leaders of these protests, and the citizens joining in, are fully within their legal rights to do so. The only evidence of militant fascism that I have seen, is from the French and British. They wish to censor the press, use military police to keep us in check, and respond brutally when they are disagreed with. I ask what happened to the Britain lead by Churchill that liberated our country from Nazi rule. I ask where is the French Republic whose national motto is ‘Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity.’ I certainly don’t see them here.”-

- Adenauer went on to say that the government condemns all violent rioting and protesting, but that if the protestors continued to be persecuted, then the policies they have proposed will have to become government policy. Further, if left with no alternative he will be forced to put forth proposals to the UN and to the United States as well. In private, the Chancellor was reportedly furious with the Allied authorities and was also saddened by the response as he has worked very hard to reach peaceful solutions to the many problems faced by the postwar world.-

- The government has told the German press that they can print, broadcast, and record anything and everything they wish to. The legal stipulations of the treaties with the Allies do not permit censorship of the press and is in fact a violation of said treaties. Some in the Ministry of Justice also claim that due process has also been violated in Saarbrucken, with only German protestors arrested and insist that the protest was peaceful until members of the pro-French "Campo Formio Alliance'' got involved. On the matter of the Allied military presence, the authorities in Bonn have agreed that the Allied forces are instrumental in protecting against communism, but can only be tolerated if they do not harm German citizens in the process. Further clarifying that the demands of the protestors are removal of Allied administration of the Rhineland and Saarland, not removal of military units from bases in Germany Proper.-

- The public response to the use of force was not as calm as the governments. Large scale protests spread across German cities, with thousands turning out in Hamburg, Bremen, Munich, Frankfurt, and Stuttgart. These were mainly peaceful, with German Bundespolizei stopping any attempts by instigators to start riots. In one instance near Stuttgart, four members of the Campo Formio group were arrested trying to smuggle weapons over the border from France and are reportedly being held at an undisclosed police station.-

- After the French military parade in Berlin, on Christmas day no less, German protests turned violent in the city in Essen, after a woman was assaulted by a British patrol. While the current causes are unknown, it is reported that the woman was bringing home a duck for Christmas dinner, a delicacy still rare in Germany, she was asked by the troops to let them search her belongings. The woman refused, fearful that they would take her things, and a small scuffle ensued. A group of men and women, seeing the scuffle, came out from nearby buildings to intervene. Things escalated very quickly and violent rioting is now widespread across the city, with some small fires also being reported. Many citizens are refusing the curfew and Allied police have resorted to using excessive amounts of teargas in an attempt to break up large crowds. -

Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, New Raines, Entralia, Teymour, Boikostan

دولت امروز ایران

The Government of Iran has officially announced a multi-faceted plan for the nation to follow as Shah Reza Pahlavi looks to bring a new era of success and strength for the nation. He has looked on at the success Egypt (Teymour) applauding them on their success in taking their own future into their hands, has seen in their secular reforms. Taking inspiration from such moves, he has began shoring up his ties and relations with the military more closely. The goal, by Reza Shah has mostly been seen as ensuring unquestionable loyalty among his reactionary and reformist supporters. As a primary goal, a new movement known as شاهزاده پراید, has been formed. This movement aims to portray the Shah and royal family as paragons of power and virtue. Religiously pious, yet great reformers coming to sweep away the tide of Islamic radicalism among the more fringe religious sects and the leftists who would surely lead Iran to collapse. Thus a massive propaganda campaign has gone undeway. Banners, statues, art decos, memorials and murals are being erected across the country particularly Tehran. Showcasing Shah Pahlavi and the Pahlavi dynasty as a whole in glorious light protecting the Iranian people and leading them to a new future of prosperity.

Internally, the Shah has instructed the Secret Police also known as پلیس داخلی عملیات مخفی or IPSO, to begin a purge of military officials and generals with sentiments towards the left and islamist factions within Iran secretly. Meanwhile, the military from generals to the lowest levels will be given indoctrination material related to ensuring their unwavering loyalty to the Shah himself. While also shoring up relations with reformists within the state of Iran. Lastly, during officer and lower ranking training will be extended by an extra 3 months dedicated to prepping them mentally to ensuring their loyalty towards the Shah and his family above all, even fellow citizens of Iran.

Domestically however, the Shah has also began to portray himself in a stronger light aiming to also win over the more conservative elements of society. Such as having a custom made Zu al-Faqar constructed made out of Damascus steel, for ceremonial and symbolic purposes the twin peaked scrimitar will symbolize the Shahs right to rule and also portray him as a man of strong faith among his Shia populace. Additionally, the Shah has made Mosques a sanctitized place one of the only places secret police are not allowed to have any involvement or presence at all, or officers of law in general. This while potentially allowing the more fringe islamists to spread their ideas will also be used to maintain the image of the Shah as a man who piously follows his religion with unwavering loyalty.

اصلاحات اقتصادی و اجتماعی

In regards to the economy and society, the Shah has began a series of different reforms that he calls the Shah and People Revolution. This reform program is expected to take over 6 years for long term success, but immediate plans for reforms are as follows. Land reform, sale of some state-owned factories to finance the land reform, construction of an expanded road, rail, and air network, a number of dam and irrigation projects, the eradication of diseases such as malaria, the encouragement and support of industrial growth, enfranchisement of women, nationalization of forests and pastures, formation of literacy and health corps for rural isolated areas, and institution of profit sharing schemes for workers in industry. A 19 step reform plan goes as follows;

[spoiler=The Reforms]1. Land Reforms Program and Abolishing "Feudalism": The government will buy land during the Iranian Land Reform from feudal landlords at what is considered to be a fair price and sell it to the peasants at 30% below market value, with the loan being payable over 25 years at very low interest rates. This will make it possible for 1.5 million peasant families, who had once been little more than slaves, to own the lands that they have been cultivating all their lives. Given that the average size of a peasant family is 5, the land reforms program will bring freedom to approximately 9 million people, or 40% of Iran's population.

2. Nationalization of Forests and Pasturelands: Many measures are to be introduced, not only to protect the national resources and stop the destruction of forests and pasturelands, but also to further develop and cultivate them. More than 9 million trees are to be planted in 26 regions, creating 70,000 acres (280 km²) of "green belts" around cities and on the borders of the major highways.

3. Privatization of the Government Owned Enterprises, selling shares in manufacturing plants and factories to the public and the old feudal lords, thus creating a whole new class of factory owners who could now help to industrialize the country.

4. Profit Sharing for industrial workers in private sector enterprises, giving the factory workers and employees 20% share of the net profits of the places where they work and securing bonuses based on higher productivity or reductions in costs.

5. Extending the Right to Vote to Women, who previously did not enjoy this right. This measure will likely be criticized by some of the clergy.

6. Formation of the Literacy Corps, so that those who have a high school diploma and are required to serve their country as soldiers can do so by fighting illiteracy in the villages.

7. Formation of the Health Corps to extend public health care throughout the villages and rural regions of Iran. In 3 years, it's expected almost 4,500 medical groups will be trained.

8. Formation of the Reconstruction and Development Corps to teach the villagers the modern methods and techniques of farming and keeping livestock. Agricultural production within 6 years is expected to increase by 80% in tonnage and 67% in value.

9. Formation of the Houses of Equity where 5 village elders will be elected by the villagers, for a period of 3 years, to act as arbitrators in order to help settle minor offences and disputes.

10. Nationalization of all Water Resources, introduction of projects and policies in order to conserve and benefit from Iran's limited water resources. Many dams are to be constructed and five more are to be under construction this year.

11. Urban and Rural Modernization and Reconstruction with the help of the Reconstruction and Development Corps. Building of public baths, schools and libraries; installing water pumps and power generators for running water and electricity.

12. Didactic Reforms aimed to improve the quality of education by diversifying the curriculum in order to adapt to the necessities of life in the modern world.

13. Workers' Right to Own Shares in the Industrial Complexes where they work by turning industrial units, with 5 years history and over, into public companies, where up to 99% of the shares in the state-owned enterprises and 49% of the shares of the private companies will be offered for sale to the workers of the establishment at first and then to the general public.

14. Price Stabilization and campaign against unreasonable profiteering. Owners of factories and large chain stores are to be heavily fined, with some being imprisoned and other's licenses being revoked. Sanctions will be imposed on multi-national foreign

companies and tons of merchandise stored for speculative purposes are also to be confiscated and sold to consumers at fixed prices.

15. Free and Compulsory Education and a daily free meal for all children from kindergarten to 14 years of age. Primary schools are to be built in hundreds of villages that previously did not have one.

16. Free Food for Needy Mothers and for all newborn babies up to the age of two.

17. Introduction of Social Security and National Insurance for all Iranians. The National Insurance system will provide for up to 100% of the wages during retirement.

18. Stable and Reasonable Cost of Renting or Buying of Residential Properties. Controls will be placed on land prices and various forms of land speculation.

19. Introduction of Measures to Fight against Corruption within the bureaucracy. The Imperial Inspection Commission will be founded, consisting of representatives from administrative bodies and people of proven integrity.[/spoiler]

ملی شدن نفت

The biggest reform by the Shah however, will be the nationalization of Irans oil. Currently foreign companies own a large percentage of Irans oil production, in order to secure Irans financial and economic safety, the Shah has officially nationalized the oil companies and while offering to pay them for some greivances will revoke their ability to control Irans oil industry. In regards to the oil industry itself, investment will remain open however, all control will be under Iranian jurisdiction however the British and Americans will be allowed a 5% discount in the purchasing of oil in return. This move, while not closing Irans oil off to the rest of the world will however bring immense wealth to the states coffers and significantly increase the Shahs popularity at home.

Spainard, Teujira, Val Verde-, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, New Raines, Entralia, Teymour, Pacifica Occidentalis, Tadros

Concorrdia wrote:[list][list]December 1953 - December Crisis - Bonn, Capital of Federal Republic of Germany

CHANCELLOR ADENAUER CONDEMS ALLIED RESPONSE: “ONLY MILITARISM COMES FROM ALLIED RESPONSE TO PEACEFUL PROTEST”[/list][/list]

- The unfolding crisis in Germany, now dubbed the “December Crisis” by the international press, has continued with harsh British and French respirals on peaceful German protests. The cabinet and government met in an emergency session of the Bundestag in Bonn as protests have only grown larger as a result of the violence by allied forces. The only Allied nations occupying the country to not attack German citizens were those of the United States and Soviet Union, the two growing world superpowers. Superpowers who have started to eclipse Britain and France as leaders of the world. Bonn is only 20 miles south of Cologne, where fire hoses were used against protestors and a curfew instituted, with British units patrolling the streets. In a broadcasted press conference late in the day, Chancellor Adenauer had strong words for the allied authorities.-

- “Let me set one thing straight. These protests are peaceful, at least they were until the British controlled Rhineland Police Service used fire hoses, batons, and teargas to stop citizens from exercising their constitutional rights. There is no militarism. There is no fascism. The leaders of these protests, and the citizens joining in, are fully within their legal rights to do so. The only evidence of militant fascism that I have seen, is from the French and British. They wish to censor the press, use military police to keep us in check, and respond brutally when they are disagreed with. I ask what happened to the Britain lead by Churchill that liberated our country from Nazi rule. I ask where is the French Republic whose national motto is ‘Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity.’ I certainly don’t see them here.”-

- Adenauer went on to say that the government condemns all violent rioting and protesting, but that if the protestors continued to be persecuted, then the policies they have proposed will have to become government policy. Further, if left with no alternative he will be forced to put forth proposals to the UN and to the United States as well. In private, the Chancellor was reportedly furious with the Allied authorities and was also saddened by the response as he has worked very hard to reach peaceful solutions to the many problems faced by the postwar world.-

- The government has told the German press that they can print, broadcast, and record anything and everything they wish to. The legal stipulations of the treaties with the Allies do not permit censorship of the press and is in fact a violation of said treaties. Some in the Ministry of Justice also claim that due process has also been violated in Saarbrucken, with only German protestors arrested and insist that the protest was peaceful until members of the pro-French "Campo Formio Alliance'' got involved. On the matter of the Allied military presence, the authorities in Bonn have agreed that the Allied forces are instrumental in protecting against communism, but can only be tolerated if they do not harm German citizens in the process. Further clarifying that the demands of the protestors are removal of Allied administration of the Rhineland and Saarland, not removal of military units from bases in Germany Proper.-

- The public response to the use of force was not as calm as the governments. Large scale protests spread across German cities, with thousands turning out in Hamburg, Bremen, Munich, Frankfurt, and Stuttgart. These were mainly peaceful, with German Bundespolizei stopping any attempts by instigators to start riots. In one instance near Stuttgart, four members of the Campo Formio group were arrested trying to smuggle weapons over the border from France and are reportedly being held at an undisclosed police station.-

- After the French military parade in Berlin, on Christmas day no less, German protests turned violent in the city in Essen, after a woman was assaulted by a British patrol. While the current causes are unknown, it is reported that the woman was bringing home a duck for Christmas dinner, a delicacy still rare in Germany, she was asked by the troops to let them search her belongings. The woman refused, fearful that they would take her things, and a small scuffle ensued. A group of men and women, seeing the scuffle, came out from nearby buildings to intervene. Things escalated very quickly and violent rioting is now widespread across the city, with some small fires also being reported. Many citizens are refusing the curfew and Allied police have resorted to using excessive amounts of teargas in an attempt to break up large crowds. -

[list][list]21 December 1953 - Élysée Palace, Paris, French Republic

DE GAULLE ACKNOWLEDGES GERMAN CRISIS

DELIVERS SPEECH FROM PARIS[/list][/list]

| Amid a month of growing civil discontent within the Federal Republic of Germany, the French government has grown increasingly involved in attempting to quell the situation and ensure peace remains between the German government and that of France. Directly bordering the areas of discontent, the French government has been keen on keeping the protests far removed from the Franco-Rhinish border and attempting to mitigate the civil disobedience through censoring most reporting both within and beyond Germany regarding the matter and largely ignoring it. However, with the government of Chancellor Adenauer growing increasingly defiant of the allied efforts to maintain peace in his own country, de Gaulle has been forced between a rock and a hard place. At the insistence of various ministers, de Gaulle agrees to give a speech to citizens of France, the Saar, the Rhineland, and Germany regarding the French Republic's position on the matter. |

| Chancellor Adenauer's government, which had initially been supported by the Allies, had begun directly attacking de Gaulle and Rothschild personally, as well as France and the United Kingdom on the whole, most insultingly by stating that the French Republic has suppressed the principles of Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity in the German Republic and the Rhineland. The outrage has caused a stir in France, where counter-demonstrations have begun in cities such as Paris but also, pressingly, in Strasbourg, Metz, and Saarebruck, close to the borders between France, the Saar Protectorate, and the Rhineland. French citizens in the Rhineland have also begun to grow dissatisfied with the radicalism of their German neighbors, with some beginning to proudly display French flags outside their homes and throw eggs at protesters in cities such as Koblenz, Mainz, and Cologne. British residents in the Rhine have also been seen doing the same. As the situation grows more bitter, the German Territorial Forces slowly begin to see deployment throughout the Rhineland in order to protect German, French, and British economic assets and public spaces. |

| Taking to the airwaves and journalists in the early afternoon of December 21st, de Gaulle begins his speech with a call to French and German citizens. |

[list]CHARLES DE GAULLE, President of the French Union: "Citizens of France, the Saar, the Rhineland, and Germany,

This past month, our brotherly nations have experienced turmoil and civil unrest on a scale not seen since the long 1930s. Many across the Saarland, the Rhineland, and Germany have become increasingly dissatisfied with the successful, peaceful cooperation between the allied powers and Germany since the end of the occupation and have taken to the streets of major cities in defiance of the peaceful and democratic order which has been established in the wake of the Second World War. These demonstrators have begun making their voice heard not through peaceful means but, by all accounts of the reports of the citizens, military, and administrative personnel in the areas affected, through violence, anger, hatred - means of expression which only serve to create more violence, more anger, more hatred, and total anarchy.

I wish to assure all law abiding citizens of France, the Saar, the Rhineland, and Germany that the disruptive behavior of malcontented protestors upset at the republican institutions which have been emplaced in a post-War Europe will not affect, on the whole, daily life in our countries. The current incident unfolding in our nations stands not on moral or just ground, but on temporary and misplaced passion, a zeal for radicalism and nationalism which reminds us all of the hateful ideology which brought war upon the Continent just in the last decade. Many still live in the shadow of the effects of the Nazi occupation, and most remember a time where they did. Therefore, we as a rational and peace-loving Continent must look upon the events transpiring in Germany, the Saar, and the Rhineland and stand our ground in our steadfast defense of the values of republicanism, of democracy, of freedom, of liberty, and all that which we hold dear. We cannot and must not allow militant, destructive nationalism to take the place of peaceful, productive patriotism in our countries once again.

These rioters, beyond spitting in the faces of the men and women who saved them from tyrannical fascism only eight years ago, now say that it is us, the Allied Powers, who embody tyranny, fascism, militarism! Not only the rioters, but their allies in the governments in Saarebruck, in Cologne, in Bonn all say the same, that the French Union and the United Kingdom represent that which we spilled so much blood to defeat. They claim that, since the liberation of Europe from the Nazi war machine, the conditions of living in post-Nazi Germany is worse than under the Nazis. This is nothing more than a blatant ignorance of the situation in Germany since 1945. The German Republic, through the blood, sweat, and tears of the hard-working German people and their British and French allies has come far from the final days of the Reich. Must I remind them of where Germany was at the end of the war? The Nazi Regime, which they claim held a better standard of living, killed millions in war and genocide, devoted the entire economy to creating weapons of war, and suppressed all dissenting opinions. In 1945, Germany was in ruins. It was only the united force of the Allied Powers and the New Germany which has turned Germany from war-time ruins to post-War power. Not power through military strength or international notoriety, but power through spirit, through creativity, through a commitment to peace and the republican institutions.

In Nazi Germany, you either aided the war effort directly in a weapons factory or on the front, indirectly working the infrastructure or being a slave in a death camp, or you were killed. If you were even suspected of joining a non-state Union, you were blacklisted from employment. All freedom of speech was banned. Elections consisted of one ticket and only one ticket- the Nazi Party. In the Federal Republic of Germany, you can pursue any path of employment you want and earn a decent salary, join one of the many unions present in Germany or the Rhine, say whatever you wish to say, vote however you wish to vote ... there is no limit to the economic, civil, political, spiritual freedoms which the modern German citizen possesses compared to him in 1945, in 1940, in 1933. This is a fact. Employment is up over triple from its 1945 numbers, and over quadruple in the Rhineland. More Germans are working now, in a broader range of occupations, making larger salaries than they could ever dream of making under Hitler's Germany. Germany is a leader in peace and international cooperation, but yet an increasing number of agitators deny these facts.

Let them deny these facts. However, deny them the vindication of proving them right. Continue to work, to vote, to live a life free and fair. No matter where you are, the biggest enemy of fascists and fascist sympathizers is the freedom. When you stop exercising your freedoms, tyranny creeps in and takes its place. Do not be dissuaded by malcontents dreaming to relive the so-called glory days of Nazi Germany.

France and the allied powers will always maintain a commitment to Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity, no matter what the enemies of freedom say. Those who doubt our commitment to these principles have clearly not seen the grand and imposing cemeteries containing the bodies of the Allied military and civilian dead in France, in Flanders, in the Netherlands, in Germany, in Italy, and across the globe where the battle to defend Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity took place. Generations of our fallen warriors lay in the fields of Europe, the dunes of Africa, and the jungles of Asia where they died to protect the honors which are now insulted by anarchistic rioters and their political allies. Their graves, their sacrifices are a reminder for us to continue our sacred duty, and a reminder for our enemy that our fight to preserve liberty will never falter.

I wish peace to the citizens of France, of the Saar, of the Rhineland, and of Germany during these times. Let us all overcome, once again, the destructive forces which besiege and protest our dedication and commitment to freedom in Europe and across the planet."[/list]

| After delivering the speech, it is quickly translated into German, Dutch, English, Frisian, Italian, and other European and French Union languages before being broadcast and printed en masse for distribution across Western Europe and the globe. The speech, seen as a unifying gesture to the average and law-abiding citizens of Europe, is broadcast across all French-owned media outlets, with German television and radio agencies being asked by Allied editorial bureaus to give the speech special attention and air time in Germany. While this occurs, de Gaulle does order, secretly, a concession be made to the anti-Allied demonstrators in Germany and, after his speech, declares the Campo Formio Alliance an illegal organization. Additionally, the French Foreign Ministry reaches out to the German government asking that the Campo Formio Alliance members arrested in Stuttgart be handed over to the French Union for prosecution in a French court, most likely to face the death penalty. As a sign of good will, the Foreign Ministry assures the German government that the members of the CFA arrested in Stuttgart will be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the French law in order to seek justice. |

| However, the allied presence in the Rhineland and the Saar remains present and unquestioned by politicians in France. The Saar, under the direct administration of the French Republic, has increasingly continued to identify with its own cultural and political identity since 1945 due to an influx of French into the Saar, a migration of German Sarrois out of the Saar, and intermingling between the French and German Sarrois living in the Saar together. While pro-German Sarrois still remain present in the Protectorate, economic inviability due to a refusal to adapt to the French economic hegemony in the Saar Protectorate has forced many out of the Protectorate and left the remaining pro-German Sarrois a small but vocal minority. Increasingly in the Saar since 1947, most Sarrois have become somewhat or fluently bilingual in both French and German, with most working for French or Sarrois employers rather than Germans. However in the Rhineland, a much more ethnically, culturally, and linguistically diverse area, the demands for allied withdrawal have grown somewhat louder since the outbreak of demonstrations. The French, less Teutophobic than their British allies, have taken a more cordial response to Germans in the Rhine who still represent roughly 65%-80% of the Rhineland's population. While certainly deploying police and military units to enforce the new allied curfew in the Rhineland, the French administrators in the Rhine have attempted to outstretch an open hand rather than closed fist to Germans in the Rhineland. Bilingual pamphlets entitled 'C'EST TON AMI/DAS IST DEIN FREUND'('This Is Your Friend') have been distributed across the Rhineland in numbers of around 100,000-150,000 since 18 December to New Year's Eve displaying examples and interviews of French Rhinelanders and German Rhinelanders working together, conversing together, socially engaging together, even living together or marrying. The goal of the 'C'EST TON AMI' campaign, as it stands, is to attempt to display Franco-German unity in the Rhine as the German government continues to peddle division and hostility between German and French Rhinelanders. |

Grand Indochina, Kartnan, New Raines, Entralia, Teymour

An Arduous Start

1948 - 1952, State of Israel

|The Land of Israel was the birthplace of the Jewish people. Here their spiritual, religious and political identity was shaped. Here they first attained to statehood, created cultural values of national and universal significance and gave to the world the eternal Book of Books.|

Such was declared in the Declaration of Establishment of the State of Israel, signed on 14th of May 1948 by members of the Provisional State Council. Due to be signed by all 37 members of the Council, eleven members could not attend due to the continued siege in Jerusalem, the first sign of the many difficulties to be faced by the new Jewish state. The continued civil conflict in Mandatory Palestine did not break the spirit of the Council however; the Haganah was on the offensive and the declaration ceremony continued as planned, beneath the portrait of the late Theodor Herzl, the founder of modern Zionism.

Following the signing of the Declaration of Independence and following the disestablishment of the British Mandate on the following day, the Arab coalition forces initiated their offensives to the region. With the initial balance of power favouring the Arab coalition, the Haganah alongside other Jewish militias moved on defence, to hold out the offensives. With the formation of the Israel Defence Forces from the Haganah, Irgun and Lehi and the first ceasefire of the war from the 11th of June to 8th of July, the IDF moved to secure the city of Jerusalem, the north and to stabilise the southern frontier. Through its operations, the war ended in 1949, with Israel signing armistice agreements with Egypt on 24th of February, Transjordan on 3rd of April, and the Levantine Republic on 20th of July. With the permanent ceasefire agreement, Israel had expanded over the United Nations division lines and established the so-called “Green Line”. Perhaps most importantly to the Zionist cause, Israel was now in control of the western portions of the city of Jerusalem, the declared capital of the State of Israel.

On January 1949, the Knesset had its first legislative election ever, following the armistice and its move from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem, resulting in an overwhelming victory of the labour zionist Mapai, with David Ben-Gurion becoming as the first Prime Minister of the State of Israel. Disestablishing the Provisional State Council that had led the country during its first months, the first government was based on a coalition between the Mapai, the United Religious Front, the Progressive Party, the Sephardim and Oriental Communities and the Democratic List of Nazareth, with Mapai holding 7 of the 12 ministerial positions.

With Ben-Gurion as Prime Minister, his continued leading position helped to guarantee the implementation of a Labour Zionist economic program and the One Million Plan, with many kibbutzim integrating European Ashkenazi Jews, while Mizrachi Jews were mainly confined to immigrant camps, infamous for their poor living conditions. With the implementation of the Law of Return in 1950, the immigration movement only increased, as more Jews from Europe and most importantly, Arab and Muslim countries, chose to do the ‘aliyah’ to Israel. Population doubled between 1948 and 1952, following the One Million Plan, from 806,000 to 1,600,000. With an already dire economic situation, as the state was trying to rebuild the damages of the war and integrate the immigrants, the government chose to build the “ma’abarot”, immigration absorption camps, that would be the financial responsibilities of the local authorities and that would, atleast on paper, contribute to the local economies.

Amidst the rebuilding of the country, integration of thousands of immigrants and statebuilding, the economy was in a dire condition. The lack of food and foreign currency led to the necessity of rationing certain products and limiting imports, led by the Ministry of Rationing and Supply. Both the economy and the austerity measures became major points of contention in domestic politics, leading to Ben-Gurion resigning from the position of the Prime Minister on 30th of October, 1950. The government was re-organized on the 1st of November, with the same coalition in power, only for the government to resign again on 8th of October, 1951, two months after the 1951 legislative elections. Despite the instability in all of the coalition governments, David Ben-Gurion and his party, the Mapai, was able to keep their power and to advance the party’s agenda.

Teujira, Val Verde-, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, New Raines, Batallon De Dignidad, Teymour, Tadros

Post self-deleted by Antillian.

Portugal Denounces France!

Speech by King Philips of Portugal.

Citizens of Portugal, and all those around the world listening! I here by declare that the actions taken by the French government against the German government can only be seen as disgraceful. They have become the very thing they sought to destroy. They continue to know brutally occupy Germany, and have the audacity to practically colonize the Rhineland and Saar land and say it’s France who is above reproach. France is actively attempting to destroy the will of the Germany people in attempts to control them. France cares not from Germany or here people, as DE GAULLE rallies his people to actively hate the German people. It’s one thing to defend one nation, but France is repeating the same mistakes they made not even 30 years ago. The mistreatment of the German people will only lead to German militarism. France for the sake of the world must leave Germany! Germany must be free for peace in Europe to exist. And DE GAULLE must learn from the mistakes of the past. Or Perish as they did before. Freedom for Germany! Peace for Europe! And glory to Portugal and her citizens!

Portugal invites Germany to the Pact of Lisbon.

The pact of Europe has undergone a name change, as the member states mainly Italy and Portugal have stated that the pact of Lisbon would be a more appropriate name for the alliance. And the first thing that King Philips has done under the new name is invite Germany into the pact of Europe. If they agree a vote will be held by the member states of the pact of Lisbon to finalize the entry of Germany if they agree to join.

Concorrdia

Czabalkia

Spainard, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, New Raines, Tadros

Antillian wrote:Portugal Denounces France!

Speech by King Philips of Portugal.

Citizens of Portugal, and all those around the world listening! I here by declare that the actions taken by the French government against the German government can only be seen as disgraceful. They have become the very thing they sought to destroy. They continue to know brutally occupy Germany, and have the audacity to practically colonize the Rhineland and Saar land and say it’s France who is above reproach. France is actively attempting to destroy the will of the Germany people in attempts to control them. France cares not from Germany or here people, as DE GAULLE rallies his people to actively hate the German people. It’s one thing to defend one nation, but France is repeating the same mistakes they made not even 30 years ago. The mistreatment of the German people will only lead to German militarism. France for the sake of the world must leave Germany! Germany must be free for peace in Europe to exist. And DE GAULLE must learn from the mistakes of the past. Or Perish as they did before. Freedom for Germany! Peace for Europe! And glory to Portugal and her citizens!

Portugal invites Germany to the Pact of Lisbon.

The pact of Europe has undergone a name change, as the member states mainly Italy and Portugal have stated that the pact of Lisbon would be a more appropriate name for the alliance. And the first thing that King Philips has done under the new name is invite Germany into the pact of Europe. If they agree a vote will be held by the member states of the pact of Lisbon to finalize the entry of Germany if they agree to join.

Concorrdia

Czabalkia

| The French government has mostly refused to respond to Portugal's opinions on the December Crisis, passing off their opinions as that of a third rate despotic monarchy bitter at the successes of the democracies of Europe. However, in a quiet response to Portugal's statements regarding France and the United Kingdom, France has suspended all arms and industrial deals with the Kingdom of Portugal and revoked Portuguese licenses to manufacture French military equipment under agreements which had been signed shortly after the Second World War. Additionally, the French Republic has withdrawn all of the staff at the French Embassy in Lisbon besides the ambassador, his direct team, and the standard security detail. |

Spainard, Antillian, Suuvla, New Raines, Confederate-Amurica, Tadros

[list]¡Democracia ahora! — Prensa Libre

[pre]

16TH JANUARY — 1954[/pre][/list]

[list][list]The Spanish Future[/list][/list]

[list]

[sub][pre]Top News[/pre][/sub]

[Spoiler=OOC NOTICE] Please note that press in Francoist Spain in anything regard to democracy in Spain is suppressed by the Franco Government. However, that does not mean it's 100% successful. This post is a result of a non-suppressed democratic article in Spain, and everything in this post is 100% true as it reflects on in-game progress that will push Spain towards a more democratic country before the year 1975, the initial year Spain was transformed from a dictatorship to a democracy. Also note, this post can be subjected to a response by those mentioned or anyone since this is a public published article.[/spoiler]

| SEVILLA — The United States and Spain as of 12 noon of the 16th of January 1954 have signed the “Pacto De Madrid” or “Pact of Madrid which will provide substantial military and economic assistance to Spain for the new year and many years to come. Although this is not a full-fledged military alliance between the U.S. and Spain, this signing will further enhance Spanish and American relations. In order to receive the much-needed aid, The United States, in turn, was to be permitted to construct and to utilize air and naval bases on Spanish territory (Naval Station Rota, Morón Air Base, Torrejón Air Base, and Zaragoza Air Base). El Caudillo introduced a new economic plan just before the signing and said he will utilize the funding and assistance from the U.S. to further enhance his plans to promote a more market economy and commercial freedom on goods and services. His plans to also pull Spain out of international isolationism was also on the agenda since the U.S. will utilize military operations out of Spain, and to also help enhance military capabilities and overall strength of the stagnant Spanish armed forces. Franco sees a prosperous future for the country in that regard.|

|There has been speculation that Spain being a Lisbon Treaty Organization member, that there would be steps to join the United Nations even more so now that relations with the United States have improved. However, El Caudillo remains cautious of the ramifications of joining such an organization. It’s also worth noting that Spain has been barred from joining the United Nations by the UN Security Council on a representative basis. The symbolic only parliament has been installed in 1939, is not in charge of the “authoritative” body of Spain thus has no direct legislative power. Many citizens, especially those in the culturally distinct regions of the country have called for more representation within the central government. El Caudillo has been in charge of the country since 1939 and over the past few years he has started to delegate some of his powers to the Bourbon Royal Family, Heir to the Spanish Throne Infante of Spain, Don Juan, the son of then King Alfonso XIII. There have been hints that Franco wishes to restore the monarchy as a true loyalist to the Bourbon Royal Family, and with the continuation of a prosperous Spain under their rule. All speculation is subjective since Franco clearly has plans to continue to pull Spain out of isolationism.|

|El Caudillo also touched on a rather current issue when he spoke about the foreign policy of Spain. He says Spain needs to be vigilant and decisive when we address world issues, especially of the evil communist regime and the triumphant, yet the nonadaptive West. He outlined the evils of communism by also saying how such ideologies will fail in Spain as they have done so in the civil war. He also said it would be a mistake for Spain to follow the same ideas as that of France and the United Kingdom as we see disagreements lead to diplomatic cessation among supposed allies as we have seen with neighboring Portugal. The future is bright for Spain, but it is also as bright as it truly moves forward with its own ambitions.|

Teujira, Val Verde-, Antillian, Czabalkia, Kartnan, New Raines, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica, Tadros

[list]

[sup]FEBRUARY, 1952[/sup]

[sup]ЖУКОВ ОБРАЩАЕТСЯ.[/sup]

-

BLUE WATER NAVY!

[sub]USSR, MOSCOW — MORNING[/sub]

____

[/list]

| The death of Premier Grechko due to a heart attack sparked waves in the Soviet Union. Grechko, who led the Soviet Union through the Korean War under a more Stalin-esque government. With the war in Korea effectively resulting in no major change of territory, the Communist Party of the Soviet Union opted to select a more Zhukov-esque figure (though not fully) who would embrace his reforms. The CPSU selected Ivan Konev, a close associate of Zhukov, though more moderate than him. Konev, as promised, embraced Zhukov’s reforms and the CPSU easily won the election. Konev domestically would pick up where Zhukov left off and continue improving urban and city life, transportation networks and infrastructure, healthcare and housing. However, internationally speaking the Soviet Union had a series of blows, the inconclusive result in Korea, and the loss of Greece, which was a close Soviet ally and a staunch communist state. Konev would have to grapple with the primary cause of these losses, and he believed it was the lack of power projection. Unlike the west, the Soviet Union severely lacked the ability to project its power, in terms of a major conflict, the reason was due to a weaker navy which was designed to disrupt supply lines rather than project power. The west had a navy which was designed for power projection however, hence why France, Britain and the United States had the ability to project power all the way to Korea and Greece and succeed. Konev decided to begin the “1960 Naval Plan” which aimed to transform the Soviet Navy into not only a navy that could disrupt supply lines but a serious global contender that could project its power, and additionally, be able to successfully engage and defeat the French, British and Italian navies in the Mediterranean Sea, which was seen as an important facet of any naval reform plan. |

| Soviet Naval leaders, engineers and architects drew up a basic plan for what the blue water navy should look like, and settled on creating main 6 fleets, though there were others such as the Caspian Fleet: 3 fleets would be positioned for defense and supply line interruption: the Black Sea Fleet, The Baltic Fleet and the Northern Fleet, while 2 would be oriented towards power projection, the Pacific Fleet and the Atlantic Fleet, a “taskforce” fleet which would be designed to quickly deploy to anywhere in the world. In terms of ships. Soviet Naval Leaders envisioned having 8 nuclear powered aircraft carriers, 16 nuclear powered cruisers, 64 destroyers, 128 frigates and around 800 other types of smaller ships such as corvettes, missile boats, support ships, transport ships and more. It was envisioned these ships could quickly and seamlessly be fitted and changed to face very different goals, from anti-submarine warfare to air defense. When Konev was presented with the plan, he was impressed, though he wasn’t stupid enough to consider the fleet to be achievable by 1960, he did think a significant portion of the carriers and cruisers could be done, and that those were the most important part. In the end, Konev approved the plan and quietly announced the naval reforms. Specifications would be complete by May of 1952, and the first ships were hoped to be laid down by 1954. In the meantime, plans to construct new shipyards, and most notably shipyards that could handle an upwards of 70,000 tonnes per ship, were made, with the shipyards to be located near Vladivostok primarily. |

[list]____

[/list]

Teujira, Val Verde-, Antillian, Otsla, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, New Raines, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica, Pacifica Occidentalis, Tadros, The Republic Of Choline

[list]FEBRUARY 1953

CAIRO, EGYPT — MIDDLE EAST[/list]

[list][list][sub][pre]وطن - عمل - استقلال

The Homeland - Labour - Independence

SUDAN'S GLARING CONTRADICTIONS[/pre][/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][sub]The recently commissioned ‘Unity Road’ runs from Cairo along the Nile River to Khartoum. It is a symbol of the reunification of July of 1950. The decisions made in the Port Sa’id negotiations have long reaching consequences for Qaddab and likely all the Presidents that will come to succeed, as Sudan becomes swamped in contradictions. Sudan’s Arab-oriented and predominantly Islamic core situated in the general Northern regions of the former-boundaries of the Anglo-Egyptian condominium have witnessed steady development. Naturally such development is the product of the political investment of Sudan’s Arabs in the concept of ‘Nile unity’ and the belief that their heritage is tied to their Egyptian kin. The Young Egyptians have thus directed significant attention, in an attempt to consolidate the popular legitimacy of unity. Immunization and water-treatment efforts from the Health Corps had significantly decreased the prevalence of common infectious diseases native to the Nile Valley, where a majority of the population conduct their livelihoods as farmers. These projects, since being introduced in 1950 have allowed Sudan to reach almost full immunization from other common illnesses, such as smallpox. Furthermore, the people of Sudan have played a crucial role in the restructuring of economic sectors. Agricultural mechanization and the ‘Battle for Industry’ have led to higher productivity, especially in the Cotton industry, with less land. The Jezira Scheme, which is one of the world’s largest irrigation schemes, is located on the Blue Nile and is the centre of Sudan’s cotton production. Although the original architects of the project initially desired the Scheme to produce wheat, this was overruled in favour of cotton due to the immense material it could provide the colonial textile industry. With Britain’s exit and a sourcing cotton surplus with less land, provincial officials have sought to reintroduce wheat cultivation in the Jezira Scheme. They argue, validly in the eyes of the Young Egyptians, that Egypt must also make strides to provide itself food security alongside the harvesting of cash crops. [/sub]

[sub]Qaddab has also made use of renewed economic opportunities to cement the legitimacy of his own party specifically, especially with the predominant merchant class of Khartoum and other cities. Now commercial centres such as Alexandria, Cairo and Suez are united in one jurisdiction with their counterparts in Sudan, which in the process abolishes commercial boundaries and inter-governmental regulations. For this reason, the political and small elite establishment in Khartoum has thrown its weight behind dissolving the colonial borders and seeking the further integration of Sudan into Egypt. However, in reality this political elite only represents the Arab-core and cannot command influence over Sudan’s South. Embroiled in a sectarian insurgency motivated in part due to political deviations from the ‘Nile unity’ project, the provinces of Bilad Al-Akhdar and Bahr Al-Ghazal have seen a sharp regression compared to the rest of Sudan. While the stronghold of the Sudan Liberation Front, Qabata (Kapoeta) was taken back by Egyptian forces, several variables continue to exacerbate the insurgency and its dynamic of violence. At the forefront of these variables is the difficulty of officials in Cairo but also of the local administrations to exercise governance in the area. For all purposes their authority is projected down the Nile River, which allows for quick up-stream access, however this dependence impedes control over the lush jungle interior. This is further enforced by the neglect of infrastructure development within such an area and the general lack of knowledge regarding specific environmental and geographic layouts. Insurgent operations have thus, largely moved beyond the comfortable reach of the army and into the dense tropical canopy, contributing to the frustration of the armed forces in detecting enemy formations. [/sub]

[sub]Since the beginning of the conflict, or as Egypt’s government officially calls it, ‘southern crisis’, the army has detached its actions from the state government. In effect, Cairo has no direct control over how the military campaign in Sudan is executed, owing to Qaddab’s lack of credibility with the armed forces. A direct result through the President’s stalling and restraint when the first signs of armed insurrection began. Military leaders overseeing Egypt’s response to SLF operations, met covertly in Khartoum to formulate a cohesive strategy to restore state authority. Ayash Al-Adel, the Agency Executive of FATA military intelligence, was the most notable attendant in the meeting, alongside Colonel Fuad Nufus Al-Haj and Brigadier General Sayyid Batal Al-Khuludi. Per their correspondence, from February 24th 1953, they concluded that the “nature of armed operations in the respective military districts be kept secret and confidential from government offices”, and furthermore “certain discretionary areas be evacuated of their populations for military, political, economical or public health reasons”. Acutely dubbed the “Security Protocol of Resettlement” by its creators, it is the crucial brainchild of sympathizers of the fringe National Workers Party, namely Al-Haj and Al-Khuludi. It is an open secret that members of the National Workers Party volunteer to fight the insurgents with unofficial military backing. Their ideological radicalism and disdain for non-Arabs originated out of the Islamofascist Green Shirt movement of the 1930’s, and thus put them in conflict with mainstream political actors across Egypt's diverse idealogical palate. Despite lacking popular support, they have found sympathies in the military as “willing combatants” and “hired mercenaries” in the fight against the Sudan Liberation Front. The willingness of the army to accept such allies, including their potential justification for committing atrocities, does not likely originate from any ideological agreement between the two stakeholders, but rather the general frustration of the armed forces to end this now 3 year rebellion. Likely, the Resettlement Protocol will empower the brutality of the conflict and further the fruiting sectarian violence of Southern Sudan. [/sub][/list]

Spainard, Teujira, Val Verde-, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Confederate-Amurica, Pacifica Occidentalis

[pre]La Plata Gazette[/pre]

[list]March 1953[/list]

Naval Expansion Act of 1953 officialized

[list]| Buenos Aires - The Argentine Navy, a key component of the Armed Forces has recently passed an act, officializing its long-awaited expansion. The act was passed on the 3rd of February, and came into effect today on the 5th. This act would greatly increases the navy's wartime capability, and hopefully allowed the navy to operate in a "blue-watery" manner. The navy has been, for decades, a rather minute force, and the new Naval Expansion Act sought to change that. As of late, the Argentine navy is a medium-sized naval forces, primarily focused on cruisers lately due to battleships and dreadnoughts being obsolete and unreliable for active duty. The act would also saw the expansion of Argentina's shipbuilding industry, so that it wouldn't have to rely on foreign products, but despite so, the Argentine Navy has recently shown an interest in the former US Navy warship, USS Alaska. This "large cruiser" as the Americans would call it, is soon to be transferred to the Argentine Navy if all went well, giving our navy a massive jump boost in firepower and tonnage while subsequently increasing our dominance over the South Atlantic and Pacific oceans.

New naval bases will also be put up into construction, notably in Montevideo, Concepcion, and Puerto Alegre, which would significantly expanded the Argentine navy operating areas. Budget funds were allocated prior to the announcement, and would soon be put into use by the navy. A new era in Argentina's military history has begun, as Argentina begins a bid to greatly expand its military.

Antillian, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Miwok-, Teymour, Confederate-Amurica, Pacifica Occidentalis

[list]Sesshō-ki 5

October 1952

[sub]10月の危機[/sub]

The October Crisis

[sub]PM Hatoyama Rises to Power; Left-Wing Groups Riot Against the "Rightist Coup"![/sub][/list]

[sup]東京都、日本[/sup]

TOKYO METROPOLIS, STATE OF JAPAN

| One day after the 28 September Events and the military coup d'état, the National Diet would be called in for an extraordinary session in its building, still heavily guarded by the National Safety Force. However, many of its Japanese Communist Party members were simply prohibited entrance, if they had not been already arrested the day before. Many in the ruling Liberal Party outright refused to attend. The JCP and the Liberal Party, constituting the two main enemies designated by the Shiroyama Club, were both under surveillance, and their headquarters and mouthpieces had been seized by the military. However, all was done for the session to begin as normal. Following the assassination of Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba and the suicide of his protégé Taketora Ogata at the Liberal Party headquarters in the last two days, the dominant pacifist wing of the Liberal Party found itself leaderless, and utterly disorganized. This gave way for three men to rise above the rest from within the Liberal Party : Ichiro Hatoyama, one of its most conservative members, ultimately became the party's candidate. He was aided by the influence of Eisaku Sato, a rising powerbroker, and his more conservative brother Nobusuke Kishi. All three men were part of the Shiroyama Club conspiracy and played their sheet to near perfection to allow for their designated man, Hatoyama, to become Prime Minister. Ichiro Hatoyama, a reassuring figure and career politician, ended up being nominated by a majority. But at the end of the session, scuffles unraveled among the assemblymen. Socialist, Communist and Liberal lawmakers fought among each other, forcing Hatoyama to be escorted out of the hall and helmeted troopers to intervene alongside uniformed policemen. Once order was restored, Hatoyama came back to deliver his remarks from a sheet of paper. As for Fujiwara's address the day before, the radio blackout was lifted and his speech broadcasted across the country : |

[list][sup]| Prime Minister ICHIRO HATOYAMA : |[/sup] "Dear lawmakers, it is with great honor that I take over as Prime Minister today, and I must thank my Liberal Party colleagues for their trust and cooperation as we weather those turbulent times for Japan. As Prime Minister, I will make sure to safeguard the essential liberties of the Japanese people and the core architecture of the Japanese state in order to aid the recovery from the economic difficulties that have plagued this nation for the past ten years. With my cabinet, we will maintain an harmonious climate conducive to economic prosperity and international trade. Japan must reiterate once again its most total committment to the Security Treaty signed with the United States of America, and its faithful alliance to the Western world, which we see as nations of kin in terms of commerce, value, and diplomacy.

As we were informed yesterday, duplicitous elements have been at work in Japan in order to sow chaos and disunion among our people. It will be our prime objective to thwart their main goal, which is to turn Japan into a socialist country. We cannot allow a few terroristic elements to go against the fundamental values of Japan, its domestic harmony, and its economic prosperity. This is why, for the time being, my first resolution will be to submit to this Diet an Emergency Powers Act which will allow us to fully stabilize the situation and root out the evil that has worked to undermine us from within. This will be done with the full confidence of this Diet but also the cooperation of the people of Japan, which is essential in completing this task of paramount importance for the country. In this endeavour of national protection, it is my dearest hope that the aid of the entire Diet will be enlisted, regardless of political affiliations. Indeed, the current situation, with Japan sitting idle on the confines of a continent ravaged by war and brutal dictatorships, is one of utmost emergency. In these troubled times, we must be keenly aware that no peace can be preserved when our belly remains open to the aggressor's knife. As such, we must also augment, gradually and peacefully, the defense of Japan, and make sure to tie with friendly countries strong diplomatic alliances. It is my mission statement to see, finally, a conclusion to this tumultuous year with the enthronement of Crown Prince Akihito this December, with the full honors and ceremonies owed to the Imperial House by the State of Japan. In order to protect the Crown Prince, a large security apparatus will also be needed. Rest assured, my fellow lawmakers, that I will work in earnest for the preservation of peace in Japan and for the protection of its people and the values of harmony and hard work that they treasure in their hearts."[/list]

| The Emergency Powers Act was voted three days thereafter, establishing more or less martial law and suspending various parts of the 1949 Constitution. However, while the initial few days saw an eerie peace, protests by Communist Party members and unions started, especially in Tokyo and Osaka, prompted by Mao Zedong's speech on October 4. Crowds numbering several thousands are disperesed by the police and the military together, first with the use of tear gas, then by live ammunition gunshots from M1 Garand and M1 Carbines. In Tokyo, the imposing figures of M4 Sherman tanks were called in from the First District Corps in Nerima while the rioters threw molotov cocktails and light objects. However, lacking any large number of firearms, they found themselves forced to retreat, leaving behind them streets that looked startingly like battlefields : Burning cars whose smoke rose high into the city sky, bullet impacts, and bodies resting on blood-stained concrete. On October 7, a general strike was called, as Communist sympathizers called for a "Japanese Red October", bolstered by the Chinese support. The small National Safety Force, which could not even count on Japan-based US troops, most of which were on dispatch to Korea, began finding itself overwhelmed, but still had to disrupt the strikes. The so-called October Crisis had begun. While the initial week of protests ushered in a total of seventeen deaths, the whole month of October would see a tally of 121 deaths, either in protests or acts of sabotage – One cargo ship sunk in Tokyo Bay by union activists, one train derailed by rebellious railway workers, nine bombs, and regular riots. Small arms and explosives were now regularly found during police assaults on left-wing groups. |

| However, the government – And the Shiroyama Club members who masterminded the conspiracy – Had an ace in their sleeve. For a year, not only did roughly 1/4 of the NSF's 110,000-strong soldiers take part in counter-guerilla training in Camp Fox, given by the MI5 in Malaya, but also 200,000 civilians, either veterans of the war or rural villagers, were trained to act as local militiamen, paramilitaries of sorts. Armed with weaponry illegally smuggled in the weeks before the coup with the aid of British and US secret services, these men, organized as Local Defense Corps, proved a welcome hand to maintain order in the countryside, which was however of lesser importance due to the farmers' large support for the new regime. By the end of October, trouble in the cities became less threatening. As the military became more present in the enforcement of government orders, JCP heads became effectively separated from their base. However, one man had still not been found, and proved a deep humiliation to the military for failing to catch him as he was smuggled by Chinese agents out of the harbor of Osaka : This man was Sanzo Nosaka, founder and historic leader of the JCP, now living in exile in Beijing along with Kyuichi Tokuda, its current chair. On October 15, Nosaka reached Beijing just one day after Tokuda's death from natural causes, he cited the military coup and current war in Korea in a call to Japanese communists to adopt "revolutionary action". However, his flight from Japan had delayed that call ; it took one week to reach most people, given that all the official infrastructure of the JCP had been shut down. Therefore, it only arrived at the end of the crisis, when a month of protests had exhausted most of the JCP's militants. On October 26, the Hatoyama cabinet reverted the radio blackout, allowing once again non-government broadcasts to occur, perhaps to counter the illegal listening of Communist Chinese stations. However, the NHK, Japan's government-funded radio station, ensured that only government-approved messages could reach the people. The foreign broadcasts had been immediately labeled as socialist propaganda. In urban areas, the Japanese military and police, stretched thin, had abundantly relied on the yakuza mob and the CIA's vast networks to curb a number of disturbances. Open Chinese support was further confirmed when most weapon caches that were discovered were full of cheap firearms manufactured on the mainland. |

Val Verde-, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, New Raines, Miwok-, Teymour, Pacifica Occidentalis

[list][list]~ 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐒𝐈𝐗 𝐓𝐑𝐀𝐆𝐈𝐂 𝐃𝐀𝐘𝐒 ~

𝙳𝙰𝙼𝙰𝚂𝙲𝚄𝚂 𝚄𝙽𝙳𝙴𝚁 𝚂𝙸𝙴𝙶𝙴, 𝚃𝚁𝙰𝙶𝙴𝙳𝚈 𝚂𝚃𝚁𝙸𝙺𝙴𝚂[/list][/list]

[sup]The Police officers looked at each, knowing they had no chance of stopping the convoy, they stand aside and let the convoy through. Some soldiers dismount from their trucks to unarm the police. The Major reported back to the Colonel and informed him of the situation regarding the police. Colonel al-Hinnawi already worrying about potentially facing the whole city garrison keeps to his plan to advance on Umayyin square and capture it. He shouts out his orders for the convoy to march straight into the square and seize the Ministry of Defense. Soldiers of the 1st Brigade stormed the square and barged straight into the Ministry of Defense building. Soldiers went into every room arresting a few staff without firing a single shot. But that was the problem, where was everyone else? The few staff present were those of menial tasks such a janitorial, security, or office clerk, with no officers in sight. Colonel al-Hinnawi could only conclude that the garrison must've been alerted and abandoned the ministry. Realizing he was at risk of potentially being encircled in the very square, he ordered for the Tanks and Artillery units to prepare for combat. Infantry would set up defense perimeters and machine gun turrets all around the square.[/sup]

[list][list]Al-Mazzeh District, 2:20 AM. Awaiting Colonel Fawzi Selu and Bannud the officer in charge of the escort, lieutenant Najib Abdo, began getting nervous. It was almost 2:30 and the officers had yet to arrive. Abdo nervous that the two may have been potentially killed or worse the operation compromised began pacing back and forth. Occasionally getting the radio in case any updates came from the Colonel. Finally, at the edges of Al-Mazzeh, a line of lights could be seen approaching them, Abdo jumped into his jeep and picked up the radio in an attempt to identify them, and sure enough, it was the officers. Selu and Bannud stepped off their trucks and approached the lieutenant to find out what was going on.[/list][/list]

[list]{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]Who is the officer in charge here!?!?! Where the hell is Colonel Hinnawi!?!?![/pre]

{𝐥𝐢𝐞𝐮𝐭𝐞𝐧𝐚𝐧𝐭 𝐍𝐚𝐣𝐢𝐛 𝐀𝐛𝐝𝐨}

[pre]General, the Colonel has already entered Damascus and is currently waiting for your arrival at the Umayyin square.[/pre]

{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐅𝐚𝐰𝐳𝐢 𝐒𝐞𝐥𝐮}

[I][pre]Already at the square!?!? He wasn't supposed to do that until we arrived![/pre]

{𝐥𝐢𝐞𝐮𝐭𝐞𝐧𝐚𝐧𝐭 𝐍𝐚𝐣𝐢𝐛 𝐀𝐛𝐝𝐨}

[I][pre]Well you did arrive late and the Colonel feared that his position here was potentially compromised. Thus he felt that he didn't have another choice.[/pre]

{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]Lieutenant! Get us to the square immediately, and radio the Colonel immediately! By Allah, this idiot better have not compromised the mission![/pre][/list]

[list][list]Tishreen Palace, 20 MINUTES EARLIER. Awoken by the sudden banging on his door, President Kamal steps out of bed to see what's going on. His wife, Roha, would also be awakened by the noise and take her husband's side to see what the commotion was about. When the door opened, a presidential guardsman would walk in to inform Kamal of the situation taking place in the city.[/list][/list]

[list]{𝐏𝐫𝐞𝐬𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐧𝐭 𝐊𝐚𝐦𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐝𝐰𝐚𝐬𝐡𝐢}

[pre]What's with all the commotion?[/pre]

{𝐆𝐮𝐚𝐫𝐝𝐬𝐦𝐞𝐧}

[I][pre]Sir, Colonel Wahab el-Hakim is on the phone line, it's an emergency![/pre]

{𝐏𝐫𝐞𝐬𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐧𝐭 𝐊𝐚𝐦𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐝𝐰𝐚𝐬𝐡𝐢}

[pre]Patch him through then...[/pre]

{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐖𝐚𝐡𝐚𝐛 𝐞𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐤𝐢𝐦}

[I][pre]Sir, it's an uprising. The city square is occupied and they could attack the palace any minute now. I've instructed the guards to escort you to camp Nuşb al Jundī al Majhūl where you will be safe.[/pre]

{𝐏𝐫𝐞𝐬𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐧𝐭 𝐊𝐚𝐦𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐝𝐰𝐚𝐬𝐡𝐢}

[pre]Oh Allah...Colonel what about Prime Minister Mardam? Is he safe?[/pre]

{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐖𝐚𝐡𝐚𝐛 𝐞𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐤𝐢𝐦}

[I][pre]The Prime Minister is safe sir, he's with Lieutenant colonel Fakih Jamil and is under his protection.[/pre]

{𝐏𝐫𝐞𝐬𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐧𝐭 𝐊𝐚𝐦𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐝𝐰𝐚𝐬𝐡𝐢}

[pre]Colonel...the fate of my government and this country is in your hands, may Allah be with you.[/pre]

{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐖𝐚𝐡𝐚𝐛 𝐞𝐥-𝐇𝐚𝐤𝐢𝐦}

[I][pre]Understood...[/pre][/list]

[list][list]MINISTRY OF DEFENSE, 2:30 AM. [I]Arriving at Umayyin square, General Bannud, and Colonel Selu immediately entered the Ministry of Defense where Colonel al-Hinnawi resided, using the ministry as a command center. Once inside the two officers were greeted by the Colonel who seemed quite assured of himself. General Bannud however was not amused in the slightest as the operation was now potentially in disarray due to the terrible timing.[/list][/list]

[list]{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]Colonel, could you possibly explain to me what in the hell is going on here!?!? You were to wait for us to arrive before taking the square and yet here you are like a sitting duck![/pre]

{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐒𝐚𝐦𝐢 𝐚𝐥-𝐇𝐢𝐧𝐧𝐚𝐰𝐢}

[I][pre]With all due respect General, you and Selu took far too long and I felt that my position was compromised by the Police. Had I'd stayed waiting, we be back at the Al-Mazzeh District fighting the whole city garrison. Better here than back there fighting our way to the square! My decision was the right one General![/pre]

{𝐂𝐨𝐥𝐨𝐧𝐞𝐥 𝐅𝐚𝐰𝐳𝐢 𝐒𝐞𝐥𝐮}

[I][pre]Gentlemen please! Let us not waste precious time-fighting! We are already behind schedule...we need to capture the palace now and finish this operation.[/pre]

{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]Hmph, very well. Selu you will remain in the square as planned. defend it well, Colonel al-Hinnawi take with you a small force and take the parliament. Once you do I want you to track down all Kamal loyalists, affiliates, and party members! I will capture the National Palace. Now then, every one it's time to bring this regime down! To your positions![/pre][/list]

[list][I]With the order given the officers took to their positions. Brigadier General Bannud would make his way to the west side of the square that leads into Beruit Road which will take them to the palace. Accompanying him was Major Gadi Miah who was already barking orders at the soldiers to prepare to march on the palace. Bannud would approach the Major to review his forces for the assault.[/list]

[list]{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]Major! What am I working with here?[/pre]

{𝐌𝐚𝐣𝐨𝐫 𝐆𝐚𝐝𝐢 𝐌𝐢𝐚𝐡}

[I][pre]General we wield a force of 200 troopers, plus, Colonel Selu has given us 3 tanks to provide fire support for our infantry.[/pre]

{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]We won't be taking the tanks with us Major.[/pre]

{𝐌𝐚𝐣𝐨𝐫 𝐆𝐚𝐝𝐢 𝐌𝐢𝐚𝐡}

[I][pre]But why not General?[/pre]

{𝐁𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐢𝐝𝐞𝐫 𝐆𝐞𝐧𝐞𝐫𝐚𝐥 𝐀𝐧𝐰𝐚𝐫 𝐁𝐚𝐧𝐧𝐮𝐝}

[pre]Major I am not slowing down my assault for tanks! If we take the tanks our advance will have to slow down, those French R-35's cannot handle moving uphill! Besides were 200 strong, I doubt the Presidential Guard will dare resist us for the sake of that weakling Kamal! Now tell the troops to mount up and make their way to the palace, once you do, ride with me on the jeep.[/pre]

[B]CONTINUED IN THE NEXT PART...[/B]

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Greater Germany

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Arcanda, Stahlrahm, Teujira, Antillian, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Batallon De Dignidad, Teymour

The Sun shines on Peru

[sub]1954 may | Peru[/sub]

A man Opens a newspaper

He begins reading

ᴛʜᴇ ɴᴇᴛʜᴇʀʟᴀɴᴅs ᴀɴᴅ ᴛʜᴇ ɢᴏᴠᴇʀɴᴍᴇɴᴛ ᴏғ ᴘᴇʀᴜ sɪɢɴᴇᴅ ᴀ ᴄᴏɴᴛʀᴀᴄᴛ ᴏғ ғʀɪᴇɴᴅsʜɪᴘ ᴀɴᴅ ᴍᴀᴅᴇ ᴛʜᴇ ᴅᴜᴛᴄʜ ᴛʀᴀɴs ᴀᴛʟᴀɴᴛɪᴄ ᴀʟʟᴀɪɴᴄᴇ ᴛᴏɢʜᴇᴛʜᴇʀ. ᴡᴇ ᴄᴀɴ ᴏɴʟʏ ᴀsᴋ how sᴜᴄʜ ᴀ ᴛʜɪɴɢ ᴄᴀɴ ʜᴀᴘᴘᴇɴ. Oᴠᴇʀ ɴɪɢʜᴛ ʙᴜᴛ ɪᴛ sᴇᴇᴍs ᴛᴏ ʙᴇ ᴀ ᴛᴀᴄᴛɪᴄ ᴏғ ᴛʜᴇ ɢᴏᴠᴇʀɴᴍᴇɴᴛ ᴛᴏ ɢᴇᴛ ғᴏʀᴇɪɢɴ ɪɴᴠᴇsᴛᴍᴇɴᴛ ᴀɴᴅ ʜᴇʟᴘ. ᴡʜɪʟᴇ ᴛʜɪs sᴇᴇᴍs ʟɪᴋᴇ ᴛʜᴀᴛ ᴏɴ ᴛʜᴇ ᴏᴜᴛsɪᴅᴇ ᴏɴ ᴛʜᴇ ɪɴsɪᴅᴇ ᴍᴀɴʏ sᴜsᴘᴇᴄᴛ ᴛʜᴀᴛ ᴛʜᴇ ɢᴏᴠᴇʀɴᴍᴇɴᴛ ᴡɪʟʟ ᴍᴀᴋᴇ. ғᴀᴠᴏʀᴀʙʟᴇ ᴛᴇʀᴍs ᴛᴏ ᴛʜᴇ ᴅᴜᴛᴄʜ ᴡʜᴇɴ ɪᴛ. ᴄᴏᴍᴇs ᴛᴏ ᴛʀᴀᴅᴇ. ᴡʜɪʟᴇ ᴇxᴘᴇʀᴛs ᴡᴀʀɴ ᴀʙᴏᴜᴛ ᴛʜɪs ᴀɴᴅ ᴘᴇᴏᴘʟᴇ ʀᴀʟʟʏ ᴀɢᴀɪɴsᴛ ᴛʜɪs ᴍᴀɴʏ sᴇᴇ. ɪᴛ ᴀs sᴇᴇᴛʜɪɴɢ ɴᴇᴄᴇssᴀʀʏ ᴀɴᴅ sᴏᴍᴇ sᴀʏ ᴛʜᴇʏ ʜᴀᴠᴇ ᴇᴠᴇɴ sᴇᴇɴ ᴛʜᴀᴛ sᴏᴍᴇ ᴄʜᴀɴᴛᴇᴅ sʟᴏɢᴀɴs ʟɪᴋᴇ

ʙᴇᴛᴛᴇʀ ᴅᴜᴛᴄʜ ᴛʜᴇɴ ᴇɴɢʟɪsʜ ʙᴜᴛ ᴛʜᴏsᴇ ʀᴇᴄᴏʀᴅs ᴅᴏɴ'ᴛ sᴇᴇᴍ. ᴛᴏ ʙᴇ ᴛʀᴜsᴛғᴜʟ. ᴡᴇ ᴄᴀɴ ᴏɴʟʏ. Wᴀɪᴛ ᴛᴏ sᴇᴇ ᴡʜᴀᴛ ʜᴀᴘᴘᴇɴs ʙᴜᴛ ᴡᴇ ᴡɪʟʟ. ʀᴇᴄᴏʀᴅ ᴀɴᴅ ᴜɴᴅɪsᴄᴏᴠᴇʀᴇᴅ ᴛʜᴇ ᴛʀᴜᴛʜ ᴀʙᴏᴜᴛ ᴛʜɪs ᴀʟʟᴀɪɴᴄᴇ

-ᴅᴀɪʟʏ ᴘʀᴇss ᴏғ ᴘᴇʀᴜ

The man thinks.

he doesn't know how to feel foreign invest ment is good but he fears that they will. Only be a colony but he knows he alone can't change anything he stands up. And goes to work.

In the netherlands

Someone too also reads the newspaper

That he just buyed of a kid.

The telegraaf

ᴛʜᴇ ᴅᴜᴛᴄʜ ɢᴏᴠᴇʀɴᴍᴇɴᴛ sɪɢɴᴇᴅ ᴀ ғʀɪᴇɴᴅsʜɪᴘ ᴛʀᴇᴀᴛʏ ᴡɪᴛʜ ᴘᴇʀᴜ ᴀɴᴅ ᴀʟsᴏ ᴍᴀᴅᴇ ᴀ ᴇᴄᴏɴᴏᴍɪᴄ ғᴀᴄᴛɪᴏɴ ᴛᴏɢʜᴇᴛʜᴇʀ ᴛʜᴇ ᴘʀᴇsɪᴅᴇɴᴛ sᴀɪᴅ ᴛʜᴀᴛ ᴘᴇʀᴜ ᴡᴏᴜʟᴅ ʙᴇ ᴀ ɢᴏᴏᴅ ᴇᴄᴏɴᴏᴍɪᴄ ᴀʟʟʏ ᴀɴᴅ ᴛʜᴀᴛ ʜᴇʟᴘɪɴɢ ᴘᴇʀᴜ ᴡɪʟʟ ʜᴇʟᴘ ᴛʜᴇ ʀᴇsᴛ ᴏғ ᴀᴍᴇʀɪᴋᴀ ᴛᴏ ʙᴇᴄᴏᴍᴇ ᴇᴠᴇɴ ʙᴇᴛᴛᴇʀ

ʜᴇ ᴀʟsᴏ sᴀɪᴅ ᴛʜᴀᴛ ᴍᴏʀᴇ ғᴀᴠᴏʀᴀʙʟᴇ ᴛʀᴀᴅᴇ ᴛᴇʀᴍs ғᴏʀ ᴛʜᴇ ɢᴏᴠᴇʀɴᴍᴇɴᴛ ᴏғ ᴘᴇʀᴜ ᴡᴏᴜʟᴅ ʙᴇ ᴍᴀᴅᴇ. ᴀɴᴅ ᴛʜᴀᴛ ᴛʜᴇ ʀᴇsᴛ ᴏғ ᴛʜᴇ ᴀᴍᴇʀɪᴄᴀs ɪs ᴀʟsᴏ ᴀʟʟᴏᴡᴇᴅ ᴛᴏ ᴊᴏɪɴ. ɪғ ᴛʜᴇʏ ᴡᴀɴᴛ ᴛᴏᴏ

He looks visibly angry and Mutters of course still in shambles and still having bombed homes but let's invest into America why not its not. Like we don't have any problems since the prime. Minister screwed it up. With the French and brits he's just trying to save face after that speech what did he thought that they would. All come togheter and talk about their feelings and that the current Treaty is mean!? He goes away throwing the newspaper in to the garbage bin.

Grand Indochina, Zanbala Prz

[list][B]ການສະແດງແດງ! • THE RED INVASION![/list]

[sub]December 1953 – May 1954 | Phongsaly Province, Kingdom of Laos[/sub]

Months after the delivery of several portions of much needed United States military aid equipment to the Royal Lao Armed Forces, a joint Pathet Lao-Viet Minh force of more than 40,000 crossed the border from the Dien Bien Province of Vietnam into Phongsaly Province, on the Lao side of the border, in what would come to quickly be realized as an invasion of Laos. The largely underdefended Phongsaly Province, Laos' northernmost province along the border with China, was left to the meager defense of the Hill Peoples, otherwise known as the Hmong, who's tradition and customs lie in direct defiance with the subversive beliefs of Marxism. The Hmong defenders held off for several months, even with a poorly armed and trained force of young tribesmen, but were eventually overwhelmed by the numerically confident and well armed Pathet Lao-Viet Minh alliance.

Eventually the Hmong defense was broken up by early March 1954 and it's remains were scattered across the jungle in a complete collapse before Royal Lao Armed Forces could reach the area in time with reinforcements, arriving two and half months after many delays during general mobilization processes, pointing out the still very clear weak areas of the Royal Lao Armed Forces, despite it's recent complete outfitting by the United States Requirements Office (RO). During those inbetween months, the victorious Pathet Lao-Viet Minh front hastily established a transitional government in the city of Phongsaly, the capital of the province bearing the same name. On April 30th, the Communists went on the offensive again, pushing into northern Luang Prabang Province, however by the first week of May the Communist advance was grounded to a halt by the advancing Royal Lao Army on its way to reinforce the Hmong defense. The two forces met at the village of Nam Bak along Highway 13 approximately 120km northeast of the provincial capital city of Luang Prabang which had been secured by the the RLA advancing from Vientiane to the southeast.

As the Army was halted down in the dense jungles along Highway 13, the Royal Lao Army Airborne, the créme of the entire Royal Lao Armed Forces, a corps of the most elite jump troops in Laos trained personally by officers of French Airborne Units, were deployed to the northeastern region of Luang Prabang Province. The 1st Laotian Parachute Batallion was hand-selected to fly in to the frontlines where the army couldn't reach, and Pathet Lao advance was imminent. The 112-man jump maintained an objective to reinforce and hold the area between Na Sone and Muang Ngoi Gao lying beyond the eastern bank of the Nam Ou River in northeast Luang Prabang Province, close to the Laotian-Vietnamese border, in anticipation of further cross-border operations. Alongside this, the sabotage of the bridge at the Nong Khiaw river crossing was a key strategy in favor of hampering the Communist advance which would stall the enemy on the opposite side of the Nam Ou River.[/I]

[list][B]ນະຮົກເທິງທາງຫລວງ! • HELL ON THE HIGHWAY[/list]

[sub]May 1954 | Highway 13, near Nam Bak, Kingdom of Laos[/sub]

[I]Along Highway 13 just outside the village of Nam Bak, elements of the 1st Laotian Regular Infantry Battalion came under intense fire by Pathet Lao militants, whom employed a mixture of RPG-2 and AK-47 fire from seemingly all directions, forcing armor off the road after a lead M8 Greyhound was reduced to wreckage by successive RPG-2 fire from the village while assault rifle fire hailed from the jungle, bullets cracking and popping against vegetation, or helmets, as RLA troops took to the dirt. A handful of supporting M8 light armored cars pulled in and out of enemy line of fire to deliver blow back shots from their 37mm M6 guns, being consequently pelted by small arms fire.

The M8 Greyhound operators frantically shouted orders at one another, the fight for their lives making their voices crack as they brace for impact each time they advance and retreat for a shot, unbeknownst if they are landing any direct hits. Infantry on the ground crawled around the carnage, finding any bit of cover in the surrounding jungle. A soldier carrying an AN/PRC-10 backpack radio clenched his rifle as he laid belly down, bobbing his head up and down with each nearby explosion or bullet whizz.

Lt.Col. Somxay Thilavong: "Kab tan nyai kam lang khongthan khao!" (Captain, move your forces in!)

Captain Solasak Phetsivilay: "Bolisadthi 9 khun lae kheuonthi! Nyai nai vai lae aekhngaehng duany pun kheuong sai aeov ya yud nying!" (Ninth Company, up and moving! Move in fast and strong with the belted machine guns, don't stop shooting!)

[I]At the tenacious shout of the Captain's orders, the soldiers shuffled around behind whatever cover they found and prepared themselves in small fire-teams with M1919A6 support machine guns to move in on the village flank alongside riflemen tasked with covering the machine gunner's approach. The Royal Lao soldiers unwrap .30 caliber bullet belts from around their necks, wipe them of mud, and load them in before each soldier takes up his .30 Cal, with a companion holding the cartridge belt. The fireteams of the 9th Infantry Support Company makes its way toward the village, ducked down avoiding any stray rounds being delivered in the fray, slowly making their way to the highway pavement and immediately hit the floor as an RPG-2 warhead spirals through the air and impacts mere feet from the fireteam. Coming back up from cover after the explosion, the machine guns open fire upon the visibly closest structures at Nam Bak, where an abundance of muzzle flashes were spotted from. The building walls were riddled by the .30 caliber carnage, each bullet rapidly landing one after another, causing a fray of tiny dust explosions as the rounds smack through the flimsy walls.

One of the M1919A6's cleared straight through it's first 200 rounds, forcing it's operator to disengage the bolt and open her up for another belt. During this process, as quickly as they had let off their volley, another RPG rocket winded through the air and landed a direct hit on the machine gunner and his reloading assistant, extinguishing them in explosion before their screams could be fully verbalized. The smoke cleared and left behind only their charred bodies on the pavement, to the dismay of Army Captain Phetsivilay who then clutched his Browning-Thompson Mythos Hunter and signaled the rest of his troops.

[B]Captain Solasak Phetsivilay: "Thim pun konchak thinyangheu kuamoao vithikan khongkhony!" (Remaining machine gun teams cover my approach!)

[I]The Captain kept his head low, leading the rest of the M1919A6 fireteams up the highway street, whom opened fire on the same structure as before, only this time triple the suppressive fire as three fireteams advance behind the lead of their Captain Phetsivilay who fearlessly sprints across the Highway and hops into a foxhole off the road created predictably by an M8 Greyhound 37mm shell. His Mythos Hunter is fitted with a 100-round snail magazine, giving him the confidence to get in close and engage multiple targets at once. From his position in the foxhole, as he peaks his head above, he has a much better field of view of the structure the Pathet Lao guerrillas are holed up within and a cleaner angle of fire entirely. In a burst of adrenaline, the Captain springs himself up from the crater and opens up with sustained automatic fire, .30-06 shells poured down, ringing upon the asphalt as he fights with the muzzle climb created by the rifle's inherent high recoil. He slows down his rate of fire and steadies his shots into rapid bursts instead as he curses the enemy in Lao in between a volley of bursts.

After his Mythos rifle clicked empty, the Captain retreated and dropped back into the foxhole, removing the empty snail magazine and replacing it with a standard 30-round BAR box, racking the charging handle back after a hearty slap to the bottom of the magazine. He snatched an M18 smoke grenade from his chest rig, pulled the pin, and launched it as hard as he could toward the enemy positions, setting up a screen for supporting armor to move up. Seizing the opportunity the remaining M8 Greyhound's took to the road and fired volleys through the smoke, pummeling the building to rubble while closing in on the position, with infantry rising up from the ground to advance alongside the attacking armor. Very quickly the tables had turned for the Royal Lao Army, and once the smokescreen cleared, the enemy militants were completely routed and the crackle of gunfire finally subsided along Highway 13, for now.

----

[spoiler=ON THE FRONTLINES: LAOS AND THE STRUGGLE AGAINST COMMUNISM]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Arcanda, Stahlrahm, Teujira, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, New Raines, Entralia, Teymour

[list][list]【𝐖𝐞𝐚𝐤 𝐅𝐨𝐮𝐧𝐝𝐚𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧】 - فوضى في الشوارع - 【𝐀𝐧𝐝 𝐋𝐨𝐨𝐬𝐞 𝐂𝐡𝐚𝐧𝐠𝐞】

[list][list][sub]𝙽𝚊𝚝𝚒𝚘𝚗𝚊𝚕 𝙴𝚟𝚎𝚗𝚝𝚜 & 𝙻𝚒𝚋𝚢𝚊𝚗-𝙰𝚖𝚎𝚛𝚒𝚌𝚊𝚗 𝙳𝚎𝚊𝚕𝚜[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sup]Following the end of Italian/German occupation during WW2 the United States was leased the former Mellaha Air Base, now Wheelus Air Base, from the Royal Government of King Idris in 1954. The Americans had been using the base since 47, but now with the newly independent Kingdom, the royal government had to show Libya's willingness to control what happened within its own borders. The base itself was planned to have a beach club, a large military hospital, a multiplex cinema, a bowling alley and there are talks of building a high school for the airbase families. Libya was given several benefits from the deal, firstly the US would supply the Royal Libyan Air Force with plans already in the talks. Both nations also accordingly raised the status of its office at Tripoli from a consulate general to a legation. Libya officially opened a legation in Washington, D.C., in 1954. Both countries subsequently raised their missions to the embassy level. A great advancement for the Libyan Nation in general. Things, however, could come back to hunt Idris. With the American presence in Libya and his neighbor Egypt in the middle of political turmoil, the airbase may bring unwanted attention to the Libyan nation as Egypt may see this as a threat. Another major event in the Kingdom was the switching of hands regarding the Prime Minister. Mahmud al-Muntasir the first PM of Libya since the 29th of March, 1951, would switch hands with Muhammad Sakizli who was an experienced politician, having been the governor of Cyrenaica. al-Muntasir while having some achievements under his early tenure as Prime Minister, his reputation was sunken when he decided to dissolve the political parties in Libya and expatriating the famous political leader Bashir es Sadawi. Knowing that Idris would force him down, he decided to take initiative and go on his own terms by demanding to be assigned as the Libyan ambassador in London with a hefty salary. Which Idris conceded to.[/sup]

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Teujira, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, New Raines, Miwok-, Teymour

[list]Heiwa 1

1 December 1952

[sub]処女皇帝[/sub]

The Virgin Emperor

[sub]Emperor Akihito's Enthronement[/sub][/list]

[sup]東京都、日本[/sup]

TOKYO METROPOLIS, STATE OF JAPAN

[sub]Imperial Palace[/sub]

| Snow had fallen early in Tokyo, and on December 1st, a new era dawned on the country: The [平和] Heiwa Era, or "Era of Harmonious Wa (Japan)/Harmonious Peace" (According to another reading). The young Crown Prince, now Emperor, Akihito, who is to turn 19 only later this month, has ascended to his role as the youngest Emperor since the Meiji Emperor in 1867, concluding Japan's "Golden Year" - Dubbed so in reference to the economic recovery coinciding with Akihito's enthronement after five years of regency. The heavily-guarded, snowcapped Imperial Palace sat under a sea of grey clouds as Prime Minister Ichiro Hatoyama presided over the ceremony. Military trucks and checkpoints had been erected throughout Tokyo, as a reminder that the October Crisis had unfurled just a month ago, and leftist threats against the monarchy were more present than ever. Donning the traditional sokutai robes, the baby-faced Akihito would be presented with all the honors and regalia owed to his rank inside the Kyoko. No moment was more important for the nation than this one, and for the first time, part of the it was recorded and broadcasted by the Nippon Broadcasting Corporation (NHK) across the nation's televisions, one of the very first nationwide broadcasts. |

| Since Emperor Hirohito's abdication in 1948, an unusual practice had been established, wherein the Crown Prince had remained the immediate heir to the throne, but was given more time to perfect his education, while all the duties of the Imperial Family were put in the hands of a Regency Council (Sesshō-ki, the era's namesake). For many, it had been a way to placate allied concerns about the Imperial dynasty. For the new conservative leadership of Japan, the enthronement of the Emperor following the former rites of Imperial Japan was essential to show its resolve and continuity. However, while having a new Emperor and having recovered from the damages of the war meant a return back to normalcy for most Japanese, politicians battled fiercely around the issue. After the October Crisis, all leftists but a small redoubt of moderate Socialists had opposed the enthronement of Akihito. Many in these circles feared the reactionary instincts of Hatoyama and his close associates inside and outside the cabinet. Rumors that he intended to revise the Constitution, or bring back the old aristocracy and restore the Emperor to his former role, abounded but remained unverified. For now, however, the Emperor was no more than a ceremonial "symbol of national unity" - And a young, charismatic bachelor, who enjoys a great deal of popularity with the masses. For what was known, his demeanor is elegant and soft-spoken; he has been described as harboring liberal views, much akin to his father, and, unlike his father, grandfather and great-grandfather Meiji, has never been given a military education. |

Teujira, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, New Raines, Miwok-, Teymour, Pacifica Occidentalis

[list][B]ຍູ້ແລະດຶງ • PUSH AND PULL[/list]

[sub]May 1954 | Highway 13-Route 1 Interchange, Nam Bak, Luang Prabang Province, Kingdom of Laos[/sub]

In the aftermath of the skirmish that kept Royal Lao Army forces bogged down just outside of Nam Bak, troops moved into the village, securing it building by building, only to find frightened and frantic civilians. The bodies of 57 Pathet Lao militants were recovered from rubble, a further 5 civilian bodies were accounted. The swift engagement had also taken the lives of 24 Royal Lao Army soldiers, losing almost a quarter of what enemy militants had lost. Much to the dismay of Lieutenant-Colonel Somxay Thilavong, realizing his entire Mechanized Infantry Battalion was halted by an enemy force of less than 60. Fearing what news this would make back in Vientiane, Lt.Col Thilavong refused to report his unit's position back to Army Headquarters and instead of awaiting further instruction, ordered a continued push along Route 1, unbeknownst to his junior officers.

Route 1 is the northward running end to Highway 13, the interchange near Nam Bak is where the Highway stops leading north and Route 1 breaks south and connects Luang Parabang and Xam Neua Provinces via this road. Only a few kilometers up the road nearing Bom, the Battalion came under fire once again from an unknown number of Pathet Lao militants only this time alongside Viet Minh guerrillas. The enemy forces approached from the dense jungles off the road, and engaged the Royal Lao Army unit less than 3km from the road. Bullets zipped through leaves and vegetation, forcing the soldiers again to the mud, steadying their rifles with bipods and deliver returning fire from just off the road of Route 1, toward the dense jungle. The M8 light armored cars cracked away with their 37mm guns, tearing through the jungle, and occasionally knocking down trees with the sustained fire.

A thick cloud of gun and munitions powder permeated in the air as Royal Lao soldiers simply did not stop shooting at their enemy. Magazine after magazine, belt after belt, it took a while to realize they were the only ones still shooting. The Communists had retreated further back into the jungle in what was coined the "push and pull", an unconventional strategem employed heavily by the Viet Minh, a tactic not ever before experienced by the Royal Lao Army. In the aftermath of wasting a decent amount of ammunition, the body count grew to a grim 30 with six more soldiers being killed in action right there off Route 1. Little by little, Lt.Col. Thilavong's rogue incursion proved to be a grim mistake in regards to the lives of his troops, and they were beginning to feel it.

[B]Private Lathasay Vangsa (Radioman): "Phanoth, phuakhaokhuan othha naikansa nab sa nun thangoakad chak viangchan! Nuanybolikan aemn thukpoedphoeny koenpai thini!" (Lieutenant-Colonel, we should fall back to Nam Bak and call in air support from Vientiane! The unit is too exposed here!).

[B]Lt.Col. Somxay Thilavong: "Ya hedkan oen nanodnybomi kham, sang! Khongkhony sai chu khomunkan chdoandab khongthan, ekason!" (Do not make that call without my order, boy. Remember your rank, Private!)

[B]Captain Solasak Phetsivilay: "Phu Bansakan, dek phusai aemnthuktong tha non. Ni aekhb koenpai phuakhao kam lang khablod phan ekasan diav thanpa cham. Takun khongphuakhao chasubto hedpheuopao mai thi ngaidai." (Commander, the boy is right. This road is too narrow, we are driving through single file. Our armor column will continue to make for an easy target.)

[B]Lt.Col. Somxay Thilavong: "Khonyaemnchao na thi ladab sungsudkhong kongbansakan ni khonydaihab kham sang lae khaochao tong patibadtam khonybomiuaela sam lab kham nae nam thibomi pasobkan khongchao!" (I am the highest ranking officer of this command! I deliver orders and they are to be obeyed. I do not have time for your inexperienced advice!)

[B]Captain Solasak Phetsivilay: "Aelv haocha paichak sai?" (Where do we go from here then?)

Lt.Col. Somxay Thilavong: "Phuakhao chasubto senthang phansenthang 1 paiha aemn am khong. Thoengaemnva phuakhao chatong tosupheu chapai thi nan. (We will continue course through Route 1 to the river crossing. Even if we have to fight through to get there.)

[B]Captain Solasak Phetsivilay: "Duany khuaamkhaolobnabthu nakhonruanguaiangchan bohu kiauakab thana khongphuakhao naipachuban bohu sathanakan khongphuakhao lae kam lang song phudai masa nab sa nun phuakhao thaphuakhao bo tidto thangvithanyu."(With all respect, Vientiane is unaware of our current position, unaware of our situation, and is sending nobody to reinforce us if we do not establish radio contact.)

[B]Lt.Col. Somxay Thilavong: "Ni chapenkan sinsud kansonthana." (This will be the end of the discussion.)

[I]The troops packed it up, loaded the wounded and continued down Route 1, only becoming increasingly narrow, being the only road surrounded by a green inferno. Off the road, decaying and jungle-enthralled Buddhist statues ominously poked out at the soldiers from the shrubbery as they pass by hitching rides atop the remaining M8 Greyhounds. The whistles and mating calls of jungle wildlife made for a unique white noise that could be heard over the M8's diesel engines. An M8 gunner delicately scans the roadside for movement in the brush, sweeping the barrel of the mounted M2 Browning .50 cal MG to each side of the road with a cigarette hanging from his lip and a pair of aviator sunglasses fixtured below his furrowed brow. The paranoia on the rise with each passing minute.

----

[spoiler=ON THE FRONTLINES: LAOS AND THE STRUGGLE AGAINST COMMUNISM]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Antillian, Otsla, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, New Raines, Teymour, Pacifica Occidentalis, Tadros

[pre] Year of the Water Snake[/pre]

[sub]August, 1953[/sub]

工业的火种是由人民群众的火热的心点燃的!

The Fires of Industry are Fuelled by the Fiery Hearts of our People!

[sub]Due to the death and destruction caused by the decades of conflict that have shaken China, she has fallen behind the West and the developed nations of the world in terms of industry and economic output. A China that is a second-rate power is no China at all, and this lamentable state of affairs is both a thorn in the Party's side and a personal grievance against the Chairman, who seeks to see China reclaim her rightful place among the powers of the world. Already far behind the West due to the backwardness and regressive bourgeois ideals of the Qing imperialists, and lacking in heavy industry and modern equipment, the conflict and violence of the Civil War and the Second Sino-Japanese War meant that what little industrial base China had was shattered, either destroyed by war or burnt by the fleeing KMT forces. As such, China today is little more than an agricultural power, at least on paper; it is certainly several years behind the West, a state of affairs which cannot and shall not be permitted to continue.[/sub]

|| Despite the disadvantageous situation in which China presently finds itself, it is clear that if she is to industrialise, she must use her greatest asset to her benefit: her people. Over 70% of China's populace is rural, and find employment either directly or indirectly in agriculture. This results primarily because of the labour-intensive methods of cultivation followed in China, which typically use older and non-modern techniques that are overwhelmingly manual, and tend not to employ the assistance of modern industrial equipment. As such the consequence of this inefficient methodology is that too many resources are devoted to the pursuit of food production, when fewer could be deployed more gainfully, and the surplus human capital be directed to the expansion of Chinese industrial output and industrial capacity.

Consequently, the Politburo has elected to implement a Five Year Plan under the purview of the Central Committee, whose precepts shall follow those laid down by the Soviet model, deviating in that they shall increase industrial output by increasing agricultural efficiency, rather than at its expense. Soviet industrial expansion aid under the 1949 Treaty requisitioned the indefinite use of 10.000 Soviet engineering personnel as well as annual aid of $300M to the People's Republic of China, which hitherto has been used for reconstruction after the war. However, now that industrial output has largely stabilised, and infrastructure among other things has returned to pre-war levels, these assets are more beneficially used in the advancement rather than restoration of industry.

Under Mao's leadership, it has been decided that in order to advance China's industrial output, a Five Year Plan similar to those implemented in the USSR ought to be put into effect. A number of key deviations mark the Chinese model as distinct from Stalinist industrialisation, in that China has elected to advance industry through the streamlining of agriculture, rather than at its expense. The large Chinese farmer population will be reorganised into People's Cooperatives which will collectively own the land. Farming households are then leased the land based on state requisition tallies, and are free to cultivate the land as they wish, so long as they meet state-prescribed output quotas.

This effective ownership of the land they cultivate is expected to be far more successful as well as effective than the Soviet model of collectivisation, since the farmers rather than being disenfranchised actually have incentives to cultivate their land meaningfully. The respective Governors of each of the provinces will be held responsible for balancing grain and rice output, as well as stabilising prices.

Farmers having met their individual quotas, which are to be drawn up based off of land fertility and economic means, will then sell them to the respective Cooperatives at the price at the time of sale. Township-level communities are expected to achieve food self-sufficiency by the conclusion of the First Five Year Plan.

Soviet aid and engineers will be redirected to the stimulation of Chinese heavy industry, producing, importantly, tractors, fertilisers and other agricultural implements that will help mechanise Chinese agriculture and boost per capita output by nearly 500%. As a consequence, fewer individuals will be required to actually be on the ground labouring in the fields, and Chinese agricultural output will grow exponentially while simultaneously being more efficient: it will free workers to be redeployed elsewhere.

The approximately 40-million-strong workforce freed up by the mechanisation of Chinese agriculture will be redirected to work in the furtherment of Chinese heavy industry, thereby creating a feedback loop that causes agricultural development to fuel the development of Chinese infrastructure which in turn streamlines agriculture.

500 heavy- and medium-scale industrial estates will be established across China ( Reference ).

Mao's charismatic leadership has set the precedent for a deeply politically-devoted populace that is both indoctrinated in Maoist thought and committed to the socialist ideal. As such, as has been seen in the USSR: a state with a populace that some argue was forced into Communism- a combination of this commitment to socialism as well as the fear of backlash both from the Party and from society have fuelled and will continue to fuel a desire and capability to meet the high quotas and targets imposed by the CCP.

And the targets are indeed ambitious (see factbook).

The effect of the Five Year Plan, at least it is hoped, will be to drag China kicking and screaming into the modern age, and cement its status as a great power and the factory of the world. In addition, it will provide a sizeable and eminently usable industrial base for the rapid industrial growth of the People's Republic. The CCP has hinted at its favourableness toward accepting external investment in this act, an action, given the rapid industrialisation of China, that is sure to pay off handsomely.||

[spoiler=为人民服务: 𝙎𝙚𝙧𝙫𝙚 𝙏𝙝𝙚 𝙋𝙚𝙤𝙥𝙡𝙚!]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour

[list][list]Peruvian Public Radio

June 15, 1954, 17:00[/list][/list]

[list]"Hello, fellow people of Peru! It is 17:00, and time to start your evening radio news. Today, we have remarkable news! The Odriist National Union along with other persons in government have come together to establish a new and lasting Constitution. This new constitution emphasizes personal freedoms and pro-business policies. The Peruvian government will emphasize economic and industrial growth and capitalism. The first elections will begin next year. The Odriist National Union has also stated its desire to initiate diplomatic relations and economic trade with the United States and other nations that are penacles of capitalism and personal freedoms. The Peruvian government has officially taken a stance of restricting itself to not become too interfering in businesses or personal activities, as it was specifically mentioned in the new constitution that the government's only job is national defense, and ensuring the safety and health of the populace. In addition, The Peruvian government has announced that the government will not collect any taxes, outside of a flat fee that would be changed to every Peruvian resident. This lack of traditional taxes is in the interest of drawing businesses and industry to Peru and to promote commerce, as the vast majority of the economy will be without government interference beyond a handful of rules designed to ensure consumer and worker safety. In other news, a large number of civilian ventures have asked permission to survey public lands for the purpose of potential resource exploitation. One company has even asked permission to cut down a large area of the rainforest to both sell lumber and to make way for an expansion of farmland, which is rather scarce in Peru. The Peruvian President has approved several purchases of government land already for mineral and fossil fuel extraction. The President has also announced that Peru is looking to vastly expand its exports, mostly minerals and metals at this time, to foreign nations that need large volumes of such resources. This is supposedly so that the Peruvian economy could accumulate finances so that the private companies could build themselves up.....That is all for today's news. Tune back in tomorrow for more Peruvian news broadcasts."[/list]

Antillian, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Zanbala Prz, New Raines, Miwok-, Teymour

Hello everyone, sorry I will leave this region.......

Bye

Maybe I’ll come back

Only maybe

It’s been a very good time...

Grand Indochina, New Raines, Pacifica Occidentalis

This is so sad

Grand Indochina, New Raines

[list]AUGUST 1953

CAIRO, EGYPT — MIDDLE EAST[/list]

[list][list][sub][pre]وطن - عمل - استقلال

The Homeland - Labour - Independence

EAT THE PARTY FROM WITHIN[/pre][/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][sub]Baytqaddab, meaning ‘Qaddab’s House’ is a satirical term coined by the inhabitants of the crowded slums of Egypt’s major cities. These slums, built on poor foundations are utterly miserable and a result of widespread migration from rural areas to the urban landscape as a result of the mechanization of agriculture. Now, one machine could do the work of several labourers, making hundreds of thousands redundant in that economic sector. Egypt’s government had successfully attracted foreign industries to help provide new sources of income for these former-farmers, but the sheer scale of the demographic shift had undermined the full potential of those efforts. Ultimately, the dubbing of these impoverished regions as ‘Qaddab’s House’, signals one thing. These people blame Qaddab for their situation, testifying to an increase in discontent towards the policies of his second term, crucially, these farmers had previously been the backbone of support for the Young Egyptians, when the Party & Nation Revolution helped lift them out of serfdom. However, now, with their ascent into poverty combined with rising wealth inequality, these farmers have shifted their political allegiances to Egypt’s fledgling opposition parties. Qaddab’s government was given a rude shock through this fact, as they had failed to understand the socioeconomic consequences of their economic policies. ’Opening the Door’ to foreign capital and invigorating an expanded middle class, had seen its respective success in building an industrial base and promoting new commerce in the private sector. However, it had failed to consider the full needs of Egypt’s farmers with relation to mechanization. Ultimately, in the context of the interests of agricultural labour, it was ‘to little, to late’. [/sub]

[sub]The shortcomings of the government have attracted the attention of both the Muslim Brotherhood and Nasser’s Republican Party. The Brotherhood is well-known for its charitable work such as the setting up of soup-kitchens and the providing of very basic utilities to the poor, and has thus made political inroads into numerous impoverished neighbourhoods. On the other hand, the Republican Party’s rhetoric of Arabism and social welfare resonates heavily among the slums, especially among the large proportions of Palestinian refugees which have also carved out a space amongst the Baytqaddab. This came to a climax on August 23rd, when Jamal Abdul Nasser visited the Cairine neighbourhood of Tura. “We [the Republican Party] are the remedy to the sickness of poverty”, proclaimed Nasser while speaking to Tura’s inhabitants. Nasser spared no critique of Qaddab’s policies, stating that “our government has forgotten millions of Egypt’s citizens, it only serves the well-fed and well-clothed and does not spare any thought to you”. Importantly, as the Republican Party stands for a secular ideological framework and is thus palatable to the unofficial constraints within Egypt’s politics, it can heavily critique the government without fear. Should the Brotherhood do the same, it would make itself vulnerable to a military crackdown. Tensions between Islamists and the military establishment remain high, originating from the former protests which have been interpreted as an attempt to overthrow the Republic by the latter. With an increase of support for the Muslim Brotherhood amongst the poor, these tensions are once again growing, especially as this may empower to Brotherhood to engage in new protests. The state is so paranoid of this possibility, that officials in FATA are quietly recommending sending covert financial resources to the Republican Party as a means to contain the influence of anti-Secular movements. [/sub]

[sub]As the political opposition claims that the rise of wealth inequality is proof of the state’s ailing policies and argues for Qaddab’s replacement, ideological influences have continued to diversify. Socialists and other leftist elements have also observed activities in impoverished neighbourhoods, which is a break from their past political irrelevance and isolation. Alongside Nasser and the Islamists, slums have acted as a refuge for Egypt’s ideological rejects. It is where these movements can for the most part, freely act and campaign, more so than in central cities. It can be said that the sheer lack of state-authority and the disinterest of Egypt’s government in these areas has facilitated the growth of a ‘state within a state’ although not led by any predominant political movement, but as a platform for a multitude of divergent political beliefs. It is only a matter of time until the military establishment in addition to the civilian government must face this reality. This will likely be promoted through the political monopolization of slum neighbourhoods by one single opposition party. The Republican Party has made incredible headway largely due to Nasser’s charisma, political personality and appealing program. The Muslim Brotherhood, although constrained in its rhetoric, is close in second as it relies on more asymmetrical methods of charity and inclosed promotion. As a political vacuum left by the new dissolved credibility of the Young Egyptians has become apparent, the competition between these two movements will surely increase and foster renewed political polarization. [/sub][/list]

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, New Raines, Miwok-

The country devided

In the last few months, the parliament of the Germano-Austrian Commonwealth was having a closed session almost every week. During these meetings, the doors of Langberg-Virchow-Hausse were sealed and watched over by elite Red Guards for many hours. Finally, on the 22nd day of March, parliament speaker Otto Grotewohl announced a speech "from the government, to the people". It will happen in 3 days, at 12 am Berlin time, while being translated not only countrywide, but also internationally. At least, foreign journalists were invited. The speech started with these words:

"Fellow citizens of Germany. We are in a complicated situation, all of us. To solve it we all must forget minor disagreements and stand together against the issue, as one community. Our brothers and sisters on the other side of the wall currently fight for their right to stay as a country, and we must aid them, even protect them if needed!"

The speech was long and continued until Otto was almost unable to speak. He time after time addressed that the German people must not distance from each other, and work together. Moreover, he officially recognized the FRG government as legally and fairly elected and even sent them a direct message with this line: "We may have things we cant agree on, but we all represent the german nation, and it's the well-being and it's right to choose their future is our and your's biggest concern". The second part of the speech became more peaceful, for example, Grotewhol promised to support his "Western Brothers" with any type of good "We can spare" to "exclude the possibility of economical blockade from our common enemy". More promises were made: any Federative Republic of Germany citizen is welcome in Commonwealth. He is not only allowed to ask for citizenship but also returns any time unless he committed indisputable crimes, and the wall was built only as "Defensive measures, in case of the foreign intervention". And the speech ended with one last promise: "As I said, we fully support our colleagues in the West that fight for the economic, territorial, and political independence of our country. We won't close our eyes on obvious intervention or a military coup staged from outside."

And with the last words pronounced by Otto's husky voice- the Cold War became a bit more hotter.

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, New Raines, The Reunified German Reich, Tadros

Boikostan, you need to correct “devided” to “divided”.

New Raines

[list][B]NEWSROOM SPECIAL REPORT — SITUATION: LAOS[/list]

[sub]August 1954 | Washington D.C., Maryland, USA[/sub]

[list]Bill Halpern, NSR:[/B] Good Sunday morning my fellow Americans, I'm your host Bill Halpern and today's Newsroom Special Report comes to us from the Kingdom of Laos where the French-organized Royal Lao Armed Forces and local anti-Communist tribesmen are embroiled in bitter skirmishes in the northern provinces after a late 1953 Communist invasion numbering well over 40,000. In the midst of the invasion, a transitional government was established in the capital of the northernmost Province of Phongsaly in attempt to garner international political recognition and support.

A landlocked country fixtured along the Mekong River, Laos is made up of three historical regional sub-Kingdoms known as Mueang. Each Kingdom maintained Monarchs and Princes of their own, the Kingdoms of Champasak, Luang Prabang, and Vientiane. Three Kingdoms bearing Three Princes, all of whom, respectively, representing seperate political organizations and seperate paths for their country.

•Prince Boun Oum Na Champassak, commonly known as the "Right-Wing Prince", remains a strong ally of the Royal Government under the Lao King, Sisavang Phoulivong. Son of King Ratsadanay, hereditary prince of Champassak, and cousin to the other two Princes, Boun Oum also served a two-year tenure as Prime Minister of the Kingdom of Laos from 1948–1950.

•Prince Souphanouvong, known as the "Red Prince", a staunch communist in lead of his Viet Minh-supported Pathet Lao organization currently invading the nation from the Viet Minh guerrilla occupied Dien Bien Province of northern Vietnam. Unlike his half-brothers, Souvanna Phouma and Phetsarath Ratanavongsa, whose mothers are of royal birth, his mother is not of royal descent.

•Prince Souvanna Phouma, leader of the Neutralist faction and standing Prime Minister of the Kingdom of Laos. A supporter of the Neutralist stance taken by King Norodom Sihanouk in neighboring Cambodia, espousing the theory that Cambodia could achieve prosperity by working with any nation, regardless of international alignments or political differences, in order to achieve this end.

At this time, negotiations are ongoing in the capital, Vientiane, between the three Princes and their respective factions. Prime Minister and Prince Souvanna Phouma stuck in the middle of his two cousins on polar opposite ends of the political line, hastily struggling to throw a together an agreement that would assure the equal representation of all three factions in the ever-promised transitional government. Though this goal proves to be rather challenging as the Right-wing Military Generals and wealthy, powerful Na Champassak and Sananikone families hold firm influences in the capital, especially among the military garrisons there, all declare their bitter refusal to form a coalition government with the Marxist Pathet Lao. Adding to this weight, as Communist forces breach the Luang Prabang Province in north-central Laos, they show little intent to stop their advance, not with Vientiane in their sights.

In September of 1953, three months preceding the invasion, the United States National Security Council authorized the delivery of US military equipment and armaments requested by the Royal Lao Government, a portion of which being delivered within two months. The equipment was subsequently put to use less than a month later against invading Viet Minh and Pathet Lao insurgents. Now, the Royal Lao Government requests even more arms and humanitarian aid from the United States in order to beat the Red Terror out from it's borders being exported across Chinese and Vietnamese borders, respectively. Without even having claimed victory in their own struggle, the Vietnamese communist guerrilla movement, the Viet Minh, offers it's full backing for the Pathet Lao incursion.

Before the arrival of the Royal Lao Army around mid-June, the invasion was largely held off by the courageous defense of the Hmong tribe, a freethinking people indigenous to the mountains and hills of central and northern Laos, as well as areas of Vietnam and Thailand. Due to several delays and hasty refurnishing of it's ranks with newly arrived American equipment during general mobilization, the Hmong subsequently held off for six months before the numeric superiority of the Red forces overwhelmed the humble tribesmen, displacing the Hill People throughout the region. Since the arrival of Government Army personnel, it's estimated that at least 150,000 rounds have been discharged within the first two months of combat by Government troops.

Earlier this week, the Royal Lao Armed Forces Chief-of-Staff Major General Phoumi Nosavan formally requested recurring shipments of ammunition and new light attack counter-insurgency aircraft from the United States as the situation heats up in the highlands of northern central Laos, but sources in D.C. tell us the President may wish to keep a private profile about further US involvement in the nation, if any at all. Some members of Congress appear reluctant to get involved, at least officially, citing the existence of the French Military Mission and furthermore declaring Laos, "not the responsibility of the United States..." whilst others vehemently oppose this position, subscribing to the popular theory of the 'Domino Effect', that if Americans allow it, Laos too, like China, will be "lost" to Communism and in turn will inspire copy-cat revolutions among regional neighbors where Far-Left guerrilla organizations already exist. The back and forth nature of the debacle comes in light of relative silence from the Office of the President.

Meanwhile, the country burns and tens of thousands remain formally displaced all while the war seems so far away from Vientiane's wealthy upper and middle class cadres whom vigorously support their Government and Military, yet remain but a single highway interchange away from the invasion at large. Does this mean impending doom for the Lao Kingdom?

I'm Bill Halpern and this has been your weekly Newsroom Special Report. See you next Sunday, America. God Bless.[/list]

----

[spoiler=ON THE FRONTLINES: LAOS AND THE STRUGGLE AGAINST COMMUNISM]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Arcanda, Antillian, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Teymour, The Reunified German Reich

[list][list]12 November 1954

CATASTROPHE IN HAITI

HURRICANE HAZEL RIPS ACROSS COUNTRY

HUNDREDS DEAD[/list][/list]

| The nation is still reeling from last month's hurricane, dubbed Hurricane Hazel, which has destroyed most of the nation's economic resources and killed at least 450 people with President Paul Magloire calling the incident 'the most disastrous period in Haitian history'. National agencies have been slow to respond to the hurricane's damage primarily due to the severe destruction of infrastructure across the country which has seriously exacerbated the effects of the natural disaster which has befallen the nation and, over a month after first landfall, large areas of Haiti are still without access to food, water, and shelter. |

| While the official death toll of Hurricane Hazel in Haiti still has yet to be fully calculated, it is estimated to be above 460, with exactly 456 deaths confirmed by the Haitian government at this point. Three days of mourning, immediately after the Hurricane passed over Haiti, allowed first responders to search for and discover many victims both dead and alive in the aftermath of the Hurricane however even with this period and another month gone by, it is still expected there are bodies out there waiting to be found, or bodies which will never be found at all. |

| Beyond the death toll, the Haitian economy has been absolutely wrecked by the storm, as 40 percent of the nation's coffee trees and 50% of the nation's cacao crops have been destroyed in the storm and subsequent flash flooding. Even after the immediate effects of the storm go away, it is unlikely the Haitian economy will recover from the destruction of many of the nation's cash crops until many years in the future. Most of the nation's roads, railways, and ports have also been completely flooded or destroyed during or after the storm, rendering much of the nation non-traversable and rendering both national and international trade either impossible or extremely costly and risky. |

| The International Economic Community and the United States have pledged both financial and material support for Haiti during this time, with the United States deploying the USS Saipan and 18 helicopters to deliver food and other supplies to areas seriously affected by the Hurricane. The United States was also affected by Hurricane Hazel, with the Hurricane tearing through the Eastern Seaboard of the United States. So much so was the extent of the damage in the two countries that items such as bowls and plates from Haiti have been found on the beaches of the Carolinas within the United States. The International Economic Community, at the insistence of the International Economic Community Organization, has pledged some $300 million towards relief and development programs in Haiti. This, alongside donations from charitable organizations in the United States and France, has allowed Haiti to somewhat organize a relief effort, however some dissenters in the country have stated that much of the funds have been embezzled by President Magloire, somewhat igniting a scandal in the country. However, these reports have not been confirmed by a valid source and have been vehemently denied by the Haitian government. |

| Despite efforts by the American Red Cross and the World Health Organization to prevent its spread, typhoid fever has emerged in small outbreaks across Haiti. The spread of the disease has been attributed to lack of clean drinking water and, as a result, organizations both in and beyond Haiti have called upon people internationally to donate water for distribution in Haiti. The United States, France, other IOC states and Haitian allies have organized an effort to provide Haiti with bottled water. |

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Batallon De Dignidad, Teymour

[list]

[sup]NOVEMBER 1ST, 1954[/sup]

[sup]ЖУКОВ ОБРАЩАЕТСЯ.[/sup]

-

WHEN THE ROCKETS HIT THE WEST PT I

[sub]GERMANY, BERLIN — MORNING[/sub]

____

[/list]

| The ideological battle between capitalism and communism was most heated, since the start of the Cold War, in East and West Germany, and more specifically: Berlin. East Berlin was the shining capital of East Germany while West Berlin was a political enclave controlled by the West Germans. There was a perpetual fear among its residents that if war was to break out, it would start here, and perhaps they were right, there have certainly been scares. The Berlin Blockade for example upped the pressure when the Soviet Union blocked off West Berlin from all land routes, with the air being the sole way to get food, supplies and people into the city. The blockade never ended. The Soviet Union had well over 15,000 troops stationed in East Berlin, mostly to supplement the East Germans. The bulk of Soviet Forces were centered on the East German-West German border as Soviet military leadership was keenly aware that West Berlin could fall swiftly and without major Soviet help. On this specific day, Soviet forces in East Berlin, and more specifically the artillery forces were made aware of surprise exercises that would take place the following day; unfortunately not everyone received that message. A small unit consisting of 6 BM-13-16, or 96 rockets, each carrying a 18 pound warhead would unfortunately see their members drunk the night before, meaning they simply either failed to comprehend the message or they simply ignored it, or perhaps they forgot it all together. On this morning, the members of the unit sat at a table, eating their rations which consisted of buckwheat soup, canned ham, coffee, tea, and other various things they could scrounge together from local stores. |

[list]

[sup]| MEMBER #1: |[/sup][sup] "I think its about time they send us home, don't you think?"[/sup]

[sup]| MEMBER #2 |[/sup][sup] "Agreed, a year is long enough, our tour should end already."[/sup]

[/list]

| The combat radio suddenly began to buzz and "commands" were issued to their unit, ordering them to fire their rockets at will in the direction of West Berlin. In reality, they would perform all the steps but stop short of igniting the rockets, however, they were unaware of this, and thus they took it as a real command. |

[list]

[sup]| MEMBER #1 |[/sup][sup] "Is this for real?"[/sup]

[sup]| MEMBER #2 |[/sup][sup] "Why would it not? Get inside the truck, lets get these rockets fired. I'm going to gather the rest of the unit.[/sup]

[/list]

| Everyone began to rush into position, unaware that exercises were occurring today. And within minutes 96 rockets carrying 18 pound warheads were fired into West Berlin. Soviet and East German troops alike would either hear the rockets firing or see them streak across the sky en route to West Berlin. This accidental firing could very well start a war, it would take quick judgement on account of the East Germans and the Soviet troops to avoid it. Word would eventually get around that an accidental firing occurred, and now the question was how fast could the Soviets inform the Americans, the French, the British and the West Germans of the nature of the accident before they retaliate, or was it already too late, after all, well over 10 minutes had passed and there was no chance they were to believe them. At best, it was possible these would simply remain border skirmishes. |

[list]____

[sup]MENTIONS[/sup]

Czabalkia

Not Xav

Shamalistan

___

Arcanda, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour, The Republic Of Choline

[list]

[sup]NOVEMBER, 1954[/sup]

[sup]ЖУКОВ ОБРАЩАЕТСЯ.[/sup]

-

SOUTH AMERICAN INITIATIVE

[sub]USSR, MOSCOW — MORNING[/sub]

____

[/list]

| Ivan Konev has ambition to increase Soviet influence in the Americas, and if not that, then at the very least increase economic ties with various nations in the Americas, beyond the United States of course. One thing of importance was grain, some harvests were very good, but some weren't enough, and when that happens, the Soviet Union looked to the United States to fulfill the shortage, however, the Soviet Union and Konev himself figured there were plenty of alternatives that were cheaper and did not require them to shill millions of dollars to the Americans. One of these countries was Argentina, a wealthy and large nation with a smaller population in South America. Argentina was also very agriculturally productive, and a non aligned nation, making it a perfect target to reach a trade deal with, and perhaps, something even more, though that wasn't the expressed purpose, with Konev only fundamentally wanting to reach a deal concerning grain, and perhaps the Soviet Union exporting a limited number of automobiles and various metal products. Thus as a result, Konev invited Argentinian leaders to Moscow for talks. |

[list]

___

Kartnan

___

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour, The Republic Of Choline

[list][list]~ 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐒𝐈𝐗 𝐓𝐑𝐀𝐆𝐈𝐂 𝐃𝐀𝐘𝐒 ~

𝙳𝙰𝙼𝙰𝚂𝙲𝚄𝚂 𝚄𝙽𝙳𝙴𝚁 𝚂𝙸𝙴𝙶𝙴, 𝚃𝚁𝙰𝙶𝙴𝙳𝚈 𝚂𝚃𝚁𝙸𝙺𝙴𝚂[/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝓢𝓞𝓤𝓝𝓓𝓣𝓡𝓐𝓒𝓚 (01)]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_oBQgEJfpTU&list=PLph8hEsdeSe3o51Sg2s0uP0gmVafxXYFs&index=11[/spoiler]

𝐃𝐚𝐲 𝟏 𝐨𝐟 𝐭𝐡𝐞 𝐓𝐫𝐚𝐠𝐞𝐝𝐲, [sup]March 29, 1949, at 1:00 AM in the morning the Homs Conspiracy went into action. At the Dara's Army Base, Colonel al-Hinnawi and Colonel Fawzi Selu gathered their forces and quickly departed their way towards Sednaya Prison. Around 1:30 AM they arrived in the Damascus district of Al-Mazzeh, from there the Colonels would split up, with al-Hinnawi taking position in the outskirts while Selu rescued Anwar Bannud. At the Sednaya Prison Colonel Selu had a short standoff with the police garrison but came out on top when the prison guard handed over the General. With Bannud now free, the conspirators immediately returned to Damascus to begin their plot, however, Colonel al-Hinnawi was nowhere to be found when they arrived at 2:00 AM, twenty minutes late to be exact. Hinnawi growing nervous that the Prison may have resisted Colonel Selu would have to make a call, either march into Damascus preemptively or risk staying in the district. The latter being too risking, Hinnawi would make a judgment call to begin the assault against the government. He would leave a small escort force for the two officers once they arrived. Once the convoy began marching down Fayez Mansour road, but halfway to the square, they were met with a small police force of 20 men blocking the road towards the square. There was a small standoff between the convoy and the police, but the police would stand down as they stood no chance in a firefight. Soldiers of the 1st Brigade stormed the square and barged straight into the Ministry of Defense building. Soldiers went into every room arresting a few staff without firing a single shot. But that was the problem, where was everyone else? The few staff present were those of menial tasks such a janitorial, security, or office clerk, with no officers in sight. Colonel al-Hinnawi could only conclude that the garrison must've been alerted and abandoned the ministry. Realizing he was at risk of potentially being encircled in the very square, he ordered for the Tanks and Artillery units to prepare for combat. Infantry would set up defense perimeters and machine gun turrets all around the square.[/sup]

[sup]Prior to the al-Hinnawi arriving at the square, Colonel Wahab el-Hakim had been alerted by Police Minister Muhsin al-Barazi of the presence of the military convoy in Damascus. Immediately Colonel el-Hakim alerted the Damascus Garrison and President Kamal about the uprising, instructing the President to abandon the Presidential Palace and the Damascus Garrison Commander, Lieutenant Colonel Fakih Jamil, to gather the troops to confront the convoy. Prime Minister Jamil Mardam Bey was also alerted and was put under the protection of the Lieutenant who escorted him to camp Nuşb al Jundī al Majhūl with President Kamal. Around 2:40 AM, Colonel Selu and Brigadier General Bannud arrived at the square and met with al-Hinnawi inside the Ministry of Defense. Bannud when meeting with al-Hinnawi was very confrontational, fearing that the Colonel may have jeopardized the operation with his march on the square. Selu quickly put down the heated argument by reminding the general that the Presidential Palace still needed to be captured. The two officers settle down and each takes their positions. General Bannud takes 200 men to capture the Tishreen Palace, while Colonel al-Hinnawi takes 90 soldiers towards the national parliament. General Bannud around 3:20 AM, captured the Tishreen Palace, sacked the few guards without a single shot fired. It seemed the operation was going to end in success, however, Kamal was nowhere to be found. Now in full panic mode, the General quickly gets on the radio to warn Colonel Selu of Kamal's escape. But little did the General know that the chaos has barely begun. Back at Umayyin Square, soldiers from the Damascus Garrison under the command of Lieutenant Colonel Fakih Jamil had taken positions on Adnan Al Malki road with a couple of blocks of space between his troops and the plotters. The garrison commander had only managed to rally with him 90 soldiers with some 20 Policemen to confront the coup plotters, nonetheless, Jamil did not want to engage in a battle within Damascus. Hoping to avoid bloodshed, Jamil would send a soldier to try and get the officer in charge to surrender. Once the men under Selu saw the soldier walking down the road with a white flag and they shot him down, those shots would officially begin the six tragic days.[/sup]

[sup]Immediately a firefight erupted in Umayyin Square between the Damascus Garrison vs the 1st Brigade. Colonel al-Hinnawi and his men would immediately end up in their own firefight when they arrived at Nijmeh Square which was a few blocks away from the Parliament. Police Minister Barazi alongside an army officer lead the defense of the parliament. Back at the Presidential Palace, General Bannud finally managed to get a hold of Colonel Selu, both informing each other of their own situations, Bannud would send half of his forces to provide support the square while he and the rest stayed at the palace. Colonel al-Hinnawi would be pushed back to Al Manshya Park by the defenders, suffering from 13 casualties. Back at the square Colonel Selu thanks to his superior numbers and firepower, managed to secure the Umayyin Square from the Damascus Garrison, pushing him back on the other side of the Barada River towards a smaller square called Adnan Almaki Square where he bunkered down. By 4:00 AM the shots had ceased as both sides took to taking up new positions. Some shots would be exchanged between al-Hinnawi's and Barazi's men, but neither side successfully made any gains. Back at the Tishreen Palace around 4:40 AM, Colonel el-Hakim and a group of 300 soldiers would retake the palace, they surprised Bannud's men and quickly captured many of his men while Bannud and the rest retreated back to Umayyin Square. By 5:00 AM in the morning the first day of the Tragic Days would end.[/sup]

𝐃𝐚𝐲 𝟐 𝐨𝐟 𝐭𝐡𝐞 𝐓𝐫𝐚𝐠𝐞𝐝𝐲, [sup]At 5:30 AM, Za'im would be informed of the situation within the capital by Colonel Selu. Upon hearing of the situation, Za'im made it clear that under no circumstance was the Umayyin Square to be surrendered or the operation halted. He promised that the Homs Military Academy cadets would be sent over to reinforce them with fresh munitions. Za'im also ordered Selu to crush Lieutenant Colonel Fakih Jamil and he ordered General Bannud to retake the Tishreen Palace from Colonel Hakim. This time Bannud would take the tanks with him that he had previously denied, ironically Bannud would be proven right when his assault to retake the palace failed due to the slow speed of the tanks when going uphill. General Bannud loses 30 men in his attempt and another 13 soldiers are wounded. Humiliated by the Colonel once again, Bannud retreats back to the square for good. Colonel Selu on the other hand had far more success than Bannud. He managed to dislodge Jamil from Adnan Almaki Square, forcing him to withdraw deeper into the Al Mouhajrin district. 17 of Jamil's men would be killed in combat while Selu lost 27 in his assault. Colonel al-Hinnawi during this time had managed to push Barazi out of Nijmeh Square and keep pushing towards the national parliament. By 5:40 AM, Colonel al-Hinnawi had the national parliament under his control. However, soldiers of the garrison and police still engage the conspirators in the area. Al-Hinnawi alerts Selu of his success, but Selu is not ready to celebrate as the Tishreen palace was still not under their control. Colonel Selu orders al-Hinnawi to attack Marja Police Station, the HQ of the Damascus Police. Colonel Selu sends two platoons alongside tanks to reinforce al-Hinnawi.[/sup]

[sup]At 6:00 AM, Colonel Hakim, learning of Selu's success in attacking Jamil decides to mount an offensive against the square, but his plan is delayed when the sound of artillery fire roared all over Damascus. General Bannud in a fit of rage, ordered the artillery of the square to aim their guns towards Tishreen Palace and over 30 shots are fired. With only two artillery shots making their mark on the palace, while the rest landed randomly over the Tishreen Park and several homes in the area. Anyone still asleep would be awoken by the roars of cannons. The two shots that landed in the Palace luckily did not result in any deaths, but some guards did get wounded. Colonel Hakim realizing that the plotters had intense firepower would send a telegram for garrison troops in the Al-Midan district and old Damascus district to mobilize and link with Police Minister Muhsin al-Barazi to retake the parliament. Leading these soldiers would be a Captin Arafat Rashed. Back with al-Hinnawi, he had around 6:30 AM, ordered a full assault on the Marja Police station with a column of tanks leading the charge. Unable to resist, PM Barazi abandons the station to the conspirators. He withdraws towards the Citadel of Damascus. There at 7:00 AM, he meets with Captin Rashed with a force totaling 300 men. For one hour silence fell on Damascus and both sides had ceased fire. At that point, citizens had begun to leave their houses to see what was happening. However, that one hour of peace would end when Captin Rashed and Colonel al-Hinnawi engaged each other near Al-Marjeh Square. Back at the Umayyin Square, Colonel Selu and General Bannud would come up with a plan to retake the palace from Colonel Hakim. The plan was for Bannud alongside Major Gadi Miah to take several platoons and 3 tanks to take over Tishreen Park and from there set up artillery guns to bombard the Palace.[/sup]

[sup]At 8:00 AM, General Bannud alongside Major Miah took entered the park's eastern entrance unchallenged. But when they near the center, they are ambushed by Colonel Hakim's men and an intense battle ensues in the park. The battle for the park would drag on until 1:30 PM when at long last General Bannud would be defeated by Colonel Hakim, in his rush to retreat back to Umayyin Square two of the tanks ended up being abandoned and captured by Hakim's men. Colonel Selu upon learning of General Bannud's defeat ordered his artillery to bombard the park in an attempt to keep them away from the square, however, Hakim once taking over the park to the initiative and began a full-on assault towards the square. Not only that but Lieutenant Colonel Jamil also began attacking from the north and manage to push towards Umayyin Park which was extremely close to the square itself. With both men pushing into the square, General Bannud panicked once again and despite the protest from Colonel Selu abandoned the square and began retreating towards the national parliament at 5:00 PM. At this time, the Homs Conspiracy had lost almost 100 men, while the Kamal loyalist suffered around 70. Back with al-Hinnawi, he had managed to defeat Captin Rashed, but his victory was short-lived as he learned that Bannud had lost control of the situation at Umayyin Square. He would meet the officers back at the parliament which now served as their HQ. Colonel Hakim now having retaken the square wanted to finish off the conspirators and retake the parliament, however, resistance was fierce on Termenzi street. The whole of the Saroujah district became a warzone as artillery and gunfire filled the streets for the rest of the day. At 11:00 PM, peace returned but the air was filled with the stench of gunpowder and blood. You could also not walk the streets as soldiers from both sides took to shooting anyone who crossed their line of sights. The night was not easy for the conspirators though as they bickered amongst each other, General Bannud and Colonel al-Hinnawi especially had an intense argument as al-Hinnawi blamed Bannud for their current predicament. Unable to get a hold of Za'im they had no choice but to make their own decision, which could result in their deaths if they did not act quickly.[/sup]

OC: Okay don't worry gentlemen, THIS WILL BE FINISHED TONIGHT, but I just want to post this so it won't be one massive wall of text.

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Grand Indochina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-

Liberalina wrote:[list]

[sup]NOVEMBER, 1954[/sup]

[sup]ЖУКОВ ОБРАЩАЕТСЯ.[/sup]

-

SOUTH AMERICAN INITIATIVE

[sub]USSR, MOSCOW — MORNING[/sub]

____

[/list]

| Ivan Konev has ambition to increase Soviet influence in the Americas, and if not that, then at the very least increase economic ties with various nations in the Americas, beyond the United States of course. One thing of importance was grain, some harvests were very good, but some weren't enough, and when that happens, the Soviet Union looked to the United States to fulfill the shortage, however, the Soviet Union and Konev himself figured there were plenty of alternatives that were cheaper and did not require them to shill millions of dollars to the Americans. One of these countries was Argentina, a wealthy and large nation with a smaller population in South America. Argentina was also very agriculturally productive, and a non aligned nation, making it a perfect target to reach a trade deal with, and perhaps, something even more, though that wasn't the expressed purpose, with Konev only fundamentally wanting to reach a deal concerning grain, and perhaps the Soviet Union exporting a limited number of automobiles and various metal products. Thus as a result, Konev invited Argentinian leaders to Moscow for talks. |

[list]

___

Kartnan

___

[pre]November 1954 - Moscow[/pre]

[list]| Upon receiving the invitation to Moscow, President Juan Perón had departed Buenos Aires and northwards to Moscow. He will be holding talks with Ivan Konev regarding future trade agreements. "A great and historical trade deal", Perón said on his way to Moscow.

While Argentina had been attempting to forge closer ties with the United States, Perón however, mentioned that he wanted to balance Argentina's relation between east and west, therefore allowing Argentina to enjoy the economic benefits from both sides.

Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Miwok-

Kartnan wrote:[pre]November 1954 - Moscow[/pre]

[list]| Upon receiving the invitation to Moscow, President Juan Perón had departed Buenos Aires and northwards to Moscow. He will be holding talks with Ivan Konev regarding future trade agreements. "A great and historical trade deal", Perón said on his way to Moscow.

While Argentina had been attempting to forge closer ties with the United States, Perón however, mentioned that he wanted to balance Argentina's relation between east and west, therefore allowing Argentina to enjoy the economic benefits from both sides.

| Peron's plane landed smoothly on the runway at Moscow AFB and proceeded to park in its designated location, Peron would exit the plane and Ivan Konev was there to greet him. Konev was dressed in a simple black suit, sporting a pin of the Soviet Flag and leather gloves to cope with the brutal winter. Konev offered a handshake to Peron and the pair proceeded to enter into the Limo, which was heated. The motorcade headed to the Kremlin and the 2 proceeded to exit out. Konev led Peron to a small personal study where 2 plush red velvet chairs were set out along with tea, cookies and cakes. Konev poured tea for the 2. |

[list]

[sup]| IVAN KONEV |[/sup][sup] "Lets skip the formality and get to the nitty gritty. The Soviet Union needs a supplier of grain, you know, wheat and soybeans and corn and what not. We need a cheap supplier specifically. And i'm sure, you, the Argentinians need cheap oil, we have that."[/sup]

[/list]

| Konev sipped his tea. |

[list]

___

Grand Indochina, Kartnan, Miwok-, The Republic Of Choline

[list][B]ລະຫວ່າງຊີວິດແລະຄວາມຕາຍ! • BETWEEN LIFE AND DEATH![/list]

[sub]May-June 1954 | Along Route 1, Luang Prabang Province, Kingdom of Laos[/sub]

Following the orders of their Lieutenant-Colonel, the 1st Mechanized Infantry Battalion proceeded along Route 1 toward the fishing village of Lee. Upon arrival, the village was a relative ghost town, nobody of note within eyeshot, belongings left, fires still crackling. The soldiers of the garrison couldn't understand what made the villagers clear out in such haste. Until, seemingly within the blink of an eye, the position was hit by mortar fire, taking a handful of unsuspecting lives upon detonation and sending the rest of the Battalion to the mud. Hit by surprise and struggling to regain bearings, the mechanized unit pulls it's armor column in reverse to avoid the hailing mortar. The lead M8 Greyhound was hit directly by mortar fire, igniting the light armored car instantly whilst the remainder of the column continues pulling back in reverse in a slow, nerve-racking process. Soldiers ran for cover wherever they could, some being blown away as they attempted a sprint out of the blast zone.

After a sustained three minutes of continuous mortar fire, the last shell dropped from the air and failed to explode, plummeting to the ground nose-first, burying itself halfway through the ground. As the bombardment subsided, the smoke and dust cleared, the dead were quickly taken account of, 18 K.I.A including Lieutenant-Colonel Somxay Thilavong. His body having been blown in half by the first mortar that fell, only the top half being recovered scattered across the road. Upon his death, command of the unit fell to the shoulders of next-in-command, Captain Solasak Phetsivilay. All odds against him and a mounting death toll in the unit, he makes the decision his senior officer should have made the first time around, establish communication with Vientiane and request support.

[B]Cpt. Solasak Phetsivilay: "Niaemn Kab tan Phetsivilay khongkong phon nony konchak kongthi 1 hongkho thangoakad lae kan suanyheuodeknony phoemtoem yuthang phaktauaenook aekhuangruangphabang mi lainyathang 12 kiolmaed thoengsenthang 1 tai phuakhao daithuk thim laboed saiyang nak chak kong laboed khong sadtu lae tongkankansa nab sa nun thangoakadpheu kam chad pom pun sadtu pheuosa nab sa nun kan thony rang khongphuakhao pai thimeuongn am bak." (This is Captain Phetsivilay of the 1st Mechanized Infantry Battalion requesting Air and additional Infantry support in eastern Luang Prabang Province, twelve kilometers up Route 1 – South. We were heavily bombarded by enemy mortar fire and need air support to clear out enemy mortars in support of our retreat to Nam Bak.)

[B]RLA HQ - Vietniane: "Phu bansakan khongthan aemnphai? Lav daioanunyad sing nibo? Penjang chao chungbobanthuk tam aenng khongchaokon na ni?" (Who is your commanding officer? Has he authorized this? Why didn't you make note of your position earlier?)

[B]Cpt. Phetsivilay: "Phanoth Thilavong dai thukkhatai nyonkan nyingpunkhok mo fai khonglav yuthi senthang kon khony phuakhaotongkan kam lang soem pheu pokpid kan kdoenthang thiphuakhao mikeuob 50 khon siasividlae 13 khon daihabbadcheb soeng tongkan kan pinpua naithanthi." (Lieutenant-Colonel Thilavong was killed by mortar fire, his torso is here on the road before me. We need reinforcements to cover out retreat we have over 50 dead and 13 wounded that require immediate medical care.)

[B]RLA HQ - Vietniane: "Hedhai thahan salong, haikhony michud pasanngan thiaennon khongchao lae phuakhao chasong thahan akad kansuanyhelu deknony chabomi khony bophochai thicha laingan." (Slow down soldier, provide me with your exact coordinates and we'll dispatch an air squadron. Infantry support will be unavailable, I'm unhappy to report.)

[B]Cpt. Phetsivilay: "Penjangbomideknony Infantry sa nab sa nun sadtu kam? Lang phoemkhun yang hauahan nuany ngan khongphuakhao tongdai thonylang kabmeuong ruangphabang pheu yud avud pun lae haksa badaeph khongphuakhao phuakhaotongkan kam lang soem khao naiphunthi ni, bophiangaet kan ochmti thangoakad theoanan!" (Why no Infantry support? The enemy is actively gaining, our unit must to retreat to Luang Prabang city to restock on ammunition and treat our wounded, we need reinforcements to this area, not just an airstrike!)

[B]RLA HQ - Vientiane: "Khonymi kham sang khongkhony laechao mi khongchao thahan. Senthang lae thony pai naithanthi kongthab akad bosamad bok phudainok neu chaknan." (I have my orders and you have yours, soldier. Route and retreat immediately, the Air Forces cannot tell anyone apart from up there.)

[I]The Captain rallied his troops for a quick retreat from the area. Having less than an hour window before air support arrives from Vientiane, the unit collects it's remaining dead and wounded, beginning it's withdrawal from Lee back down Route 1 to Nam Bak, near the interchange to Highway 13 that leads all the way back to the religious capital city of Luang Prabang.

When nearing Nam Bak, the Battalion unexpectedly came under fire yet again from the position that Lt.Col. Thilavong left undefended after capturing it from less than 60 Pathet Lao guerrillas. During Thilavong's rogue incursion up Route 1, Communist forces simply returned and recaptured Nam Bak while continuing a broad offensive push to Luang Prabang via Highway 13 – West. Using a soldier's AN/PRC-10 backpack radio, Captain Phetsivilay informs the Royal Lao Army Headquarters in Luang Prabang of the impending rush of enemy forces upon the city. Afterward, assessing their situation while under intense fire, the 1st Mechanized Infantry Battalion was effectively trapped at it's position, with forces battering them from the West and more approaching from the East, mortar teams particularly.

The only other chance the Battalion had of making it out of this was the 112-man Airborne team that was recently flown in further East, and even closer to enemy positions. However, with no established radio contact with the paratroopers, the 1st Mechanized can only sit it out and defend until a miracle happens.

----

[spoiler=ON THE FRONTLINES: LAOS AND THE STRUGGLE AGAINST COMMUNISM]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Teymour

[list]

[sup]DECEMBER, 1954[/sup]

[sup]ЖУКОВ ОБРАЩАЕТСЯ.[/sup]

-

ARMISTICE SIGNED!

[sub]KOREA, PANMUNJOM — MORNING[/sub]

____

[/list]

[pre]Preamble

The undersigned, the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, on the one hand, and the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces, on the other hand, in the interest of stopping the Korean conflict, with its great toil of suffering and bloodshed on both sides, and with the objective of establishing an armistice which will insure a complete cessation of hostilities and of all acts of armed force in Korea until a final peaceful settlement is achieved, do individually, collectively, and mutually agree to accept and to be bound and governed by the conditions and terms of armistice set forth in the following articles and paragraphs, which said conditions and terms are intended to be purely military in character and to pertain solely to the belligerents in Korea:

Article I

Military Demarcation Line and Demilitarized Zone

1. A military demarcation line shall be fixed and both sides shall withdraw two (2) kilometers from this line so as to establish a demilitarized zone between the opposing forces. A demilitarized zone shall be established as a buffer zone to prevent the occurrence of incidents which might lead to a resumption of hostilities.

2. The military demarcation line is located as indicated on the attached map.

3. This demilitarized zone is defined by a northern and southern boundary as indicated on the attached map.

4. The military demarcation line shall be plainly marked as directed by the Military Armistice Commission hereinafter established. The Commanders of the opposing sides shall have suitable markers erected along the boundary between the demilitarized zone and their respective areas. The Military Armistice Commission shall supervise the erection of all markers placed along the military demarcation line and along the boundaries of the demilitarized zone.

5. The waters of the Han River Estuary shall be open to civil shipping of both sides wherever one bank is controlled by one side and the other bank is controlled by the other side. The Military Armistice Commission shall prescribe rules for the shipping in that part of the Han River Estuary indicated on the attached map. Civil shipping of each side shall have unrestricted access to the land under the military control of that side.

6. Neither side shall execute any hostile act within, from, or against the demilitarized zone.

7. No person, military or civilian, shall be permitted to cross the military demarcation line unless specifically authorized to do so by the Military Armistice Commission.

8. No, person military of civilian, in the demilitarized zone shall be permitted to enter the territory under the military control of either side unless specifically authorized to do so by the Commander into whose territory entry is sought.

9. No person, military or civilian, shall be permitted to enter the demilitarized zone except persons concerned with the conduct of civil administration and relief and persons specifically authorized to enter by the Military Armistice Commission.

10. Civil administration and relief in that part of the demilitarized zone which is south of the military of the military demarcation line shall be the responsibility of the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command; and civil administration and relief in that part of the demilitarized zone which is north of the military demarcation line shall be the joint responsibility of the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces. The number of persons, military or civilian, from each side who are permitted to enter the demilitarized zone for the conduct of civil administration and relief shall be as determined by the respective Commanders, but in no case shall the total number authorized by either side exceed one thousand (1,000) persons at any one time. The number of civil police and the arms to be carried by them shall be a prescribed by the Military Armistice Commission. Other personnel shall not carry arms unless specifically authorized to do so by the Military Armistice Commission.

11. Nothing contained in this article shall be construed to prevent the complete freedom of movement to, from, and within the demilitarized zone by the Military Armistice Commission, its assistants, its Joint Observer Teams with their assistants, the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission hereinafter established, its assistants, its Neutral Nations Inspection teams with their assistants, and of any other persons, materials, and equipment specifically authorized to enter the demilitarized zone by the Military Armistice Commission. Convenience of movement shall be permitted through the territory under the military control of either side over any route necessary to move between points within the demilitarized zone where such points are not connected by roads lying completely within the demilitarized zone.

Article II

Concrete Arrangements for Cease-Fire and Armistice

A. General

12. The Commanders of the opposing sides shall order and enforce a complete cessation of all hostilities in Korea by all armed forces under their control, including all units and personnel of the ground, naval, and air forces, effective twelve (12) hours after this armistice agreement is signed. (See paragraph 63 hereof for effective date and hour of the remaining provisions of this armistice agreement.)/

13. In order to insure the stability of the military armistice so as to facilitate the attainment of a peaceful settlement through the holding by both sides of a political conference of a higher level, the Commanders of the opposing sides shall:

(a) Within seventy-two (72) hours after this armistice agreement becomes effective, withdraw all of their military forces, supplies, and equipment from the demilitarized zone except as otherwise provided herein. Al demolitions, minefields, wire entanglements, and other hazards to the safe movement of personnel of the Military Armistice Commission or its Joint Observer Teams, known to exist within the demilitarized zone after the withdrawal of military forces therefrom, together with lanes known to be free of all such hazards, shall be reported to the MAC by the Commander of the side whose forces emplaced such hazards. Subsequently, additional safe lanes shall be cleared; and eventually, within forty-five (45) days after the termination of the seventy-two (72) hour period, all such hazards shall be removed from the demilitarized zone as directed by the under the supervision of the MAC. At the termination of the seventy-two (72) hour period, except for unarmed troops authorized forty-five (54) day period to complete salvage operations under MAC and agreed to by the MAC and agreed to by the Commanders of the opposing sides, and personnel authorized under paragraphs 10 and 11 hereof, no personnel of either side shall be permitted to enter the demilitarized zone.

(b) Within ten (10) days after this armistice agreement becomes effective, withdraw all of their military forces, supplies, and equipment from the rear and the coastal islands and waters of Korea of the other side. If such military forces are not withdrawn within the stated time limit, and there is no mutually agreed and valid reason for the delay, the other side shall have the right to take any action which it deems necessary for the maintenance of security and order. The term "coastal islands", as used above, refers to those islands, which, though occupied by one side at the time when this armistice agreement becomes effective, were controlled by the other side on 24 June 1950; provided, however, that all the islands lying to the north and west of the provincial boundary line between HWANGHAE-DO and KYONGGI-DO shall be under the military control of the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces, except the island groups of PAENGYONG-DO (37 58' N, 124 40' E), TAECHONG-DO (37 50' N, 124 42' E), SOCHONG-DO (37 46' N, 124 46' E), YONPYONG-DO (37 38' N, 125 40' E), and U-DO (37 36'N, 125 58' E), which shall remain under the military control of the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command. All the island on the west coast of Korea lying south of the above-mentioned boundary line shall remain under the military control of the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command. (See Map 3).

(c) Cease the introduction into Korea of Reinforcing military personnel; provided, however, that the rotation of units and personnel, the arrival in Korea of personnel on a temporary duty basis, and the return to Korea of personnel after short periods of leave or temporary duty outside of Korea shall be permitted within the scope prescribed below: "Rotation" is defined as the replacement of units or personnel by other units or personnel who re commencing a tour of duty in Korea. Rotation personnel shall be introduced into and evacuated from Korea only through the ports of entry enumerated in Paragraph 43 hereof. Rotation shall be conducted on a man-for-man basis; provided, however, that no more than thirty-five thousand (35,000) persons in the military service shall be admitted into Korea by either side in any calendar month under the rotation policy. No military personnel of either side shall be introduced into Korea if the introduction of such personnel will cause the aggregate of the military personnel of that side admitted into Korea since the effective date of this Armistice Agreement to exceed the cumulative total of the military personnel of that side who have departed from Korea since that date. Reports concerning arrivals in and departures from Korea of military personnel shall be made daily to the Military Armistice Commission and the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission; such reports shall include places of arrival and departure and the number of persons arriving at or departing from each such place. The Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission, through its Neutral Nations Inspection Teams, shall conduct supervision and inspection of the rotation of units and personnel authorized above, at the ports of entry enumerated in Paragraph 43 hereof.

(d) Cease the introduction into Korea of reinforcing combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weapons, and ammunition; provided however, that combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weapons, and ammunition which are destroyed, damaged, worn out, or used up during the period of the armistice may be replaced on the basis piece-for-piece of the same effectiveness and the same type. Such combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weapons, and ammunition shall be introduced into Korea only through the ports of entry enumerated in paragraph 43 hereof. In order to justify the requirements for combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weapons, and ammunition to be introduced into Korea for replacement purposes, reports concerning every incoming shipment of these items shall be made to the MAC and the NNSC; such reports shall include statements regarding the disposition of the items being replaced. Items to be replace which are removed from Korea shall be removed only through the ports of entry enumerated in paragraph 43 hereof. The NNSC, through its Neutral Nations Inspection Teams, shall conduct supervision and inspection of the replacement of combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weapons, and ammunition authorized above, at the ports of entry enumerated in paragraph 43 hereof.

(e) Insure that personnel of their respective commands who violate any of the provisions of this armistice agreement are adequately punished.

(f) In those cases where places of burial are a matter of record and graves are actually found to exist, permit graves registration personnel of the other side to enter, within a definite time limit after this armistice agreement becomes effective, the territory of Korea under their military control, for the purpose of proceeding to such graves to recover and evacuate the bodies of the deceased military personnel of that side, including deceased prisoners of war. The specific procedures and the time limit for the performance of the above task shall be determined by the Military Armistice Commission. The Commanders of the opposing sides shall furnish to the other side all available information pertaining to the places of burial of the deceased military personnel of the other side.

(g) Afford full protection and all possible assistance and cooperation to the Military Armistice Commission, its Joint Observer Tams, the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission, and its Neutral Nations Inspection Teams, in the carrying out of their functions and responsibilities hereinafter assigned; and accord to the Neutral Nations Inspection Teams, full convenience of movement between the headquarters of the Neutral Nations supervisory Commission and the ports of entry enumerated in Paragraph 43 hereof over main lines of communication agreed upon by both sides (see Map 4), and between the headquarters of the Neutral Nations Supervisory commission and the places where violations of this Armistice Agreement have been reported to have occurred. In order to prevent unnecessary delays, the use of alternate routes and means of transportation will be permitted whenever the main lines of communication are closed or impassable.

(h) Provide such logistic support, including communications and transportation facilities, as may be required by the military Armistice Commission and the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission and their Teams.

(i) Each construct, operate, and maintain a suitable airfield in their respective parts of the Demilitarized Zone in the vicinity of the headquarters of the Military Armistice Commission, for such uses as the Commission may determine.

(j) Insure that all members and other personnel of the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission and of the Neutral Nations Repatriation Commission hereinafter established shall enjoy the freedom and facilities necessary for the proper exercise of their functions, including privileges, treatment, and immunities equivalent to those ordinarily enjoyed by accredited diplomatic personnel under international usage.

14. This Armistice Agreement shall apply to all opposing ground forces under the military control of either side, which ground forces shall respect the Demilitarized Zone and the area of Korea under the military control of the opposing side.

15. This Armistice Agreement shall apply t all opposing naval forces, which naval forces shall respect the water contiguous to the Demilitarized Zone and to the land area of Korea under the military control of the opposing side, and shall not engage in blockade of any kind of Korea.

16. This Armistice Agreement shall apply to all opposing air forces, which air forces shall respect the air space over the Demilitarized Zone and over the area of Korea under the military control of the opposing side, and over the waters contiguous to both.

17. Responsibility for compliance with and enforcement of the terms and provisions of this Armistice Agreement is that of the signatories hereto and their successors in command. The Commanders of the opposing sides shall establish within their respective commands all measures and procedures necessary to insure complete compliance with all of the provisions hereof by all elements of their commands. They shall actively co-operate with one another and with the Military Armistice Commission and the Neutral nations supervisory Commission in requiring observance of both letter and the spirit of all of the provisions of this Armistice Agreement.

18. The costs of the operations of the Military Armistice Commission and of the Neutral Nations supervisory Commission and of their Teams shall be shared equally by the two opposing sides.

B. Military Armistice Commission

1. Composition

19. A Military Armistice Commission is hereby established.

20. The Military Armistice commission shall be composed of ten (10) senior officers, five (5) of whom shall be appointed by the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, and five (5) of whom shall be appointed jointly by the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forcess. Of the ten members, three (3) from each side shall be of general of flag rank. The two (2) remaining members on each side may be major generals, brigadier generals, colonels, or their equivalents.

21. Members of the Military Armistice Commission shall be permitted to use staff assistants as required.

22. The Military Armistice Commission shall able provided with the necessary administrative personnel to establish a Secretariat charged with assisting the Commission by performing record-keeping, secretarial, interpreting, and such other functions as the Commission may assign to it. Each side shall appoint to the Secretariat a Secretary and an Assistant Secretary and such clerical and specialized personnel as required by the Secretariat. Records shall be kept in English, Korean, French, Portuguese, Spanish and Russian, all of which shall be equally authentic.

23. (a) The Military Armistice Commission shall be initially provided with and assisted by ten (10) Joint Observer Teams, which number may be reduced by agreement of the senior members of both sides on the Military Armistice Commission.

(b) Each Joint Observer Team shall be composed of not less than four (4) nor mire than six (6) officers of field grade, half of whom shall be appointed by the Commander-in- Chief, United Nations Command, and half of whom shall be appointed by the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, and half of whom shall be appointed jointly by the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Chinese People's Volunteers. Additional personnel such as drivers, clerks, and interpreters shall be furnished by each side as required for the functioning of the Joint Observer Teams.

24. The general mission of the Military Armistice Commission shall be to supervise the implementation of this Armistice Agreement and to settle through negotiations any violations of this Armistice Agreement.

25. The military Armistice Commission shall:

(a) Locate its headquarters in the vicinity of PANMUNJOM (37 57'29" n, 126 40'00" e). The Military Armistice Commission may re-locate its headquarters at another point within the Demilitarized Zone by agreement of the senior members of both sides on the Commission.

(b) Operate as a joint organization without a chairman.

(c) Adopt such rules of procedure as it may, from time to time, deem necessary

(d) Supervise the carrying out of the provisions of this Armistice Agreement pertaining to the Demilitarized Zone and to the Han River Estuary.

(e) Direct the operations of the Joint Observer Teams.

(f) Settle through negotiations any violations of this Armistice Agreement.

(g) Transmit immediately to the Commanders of the opposing sides all reports of investigations of violations of this Armistice Agreement and all other reports and records of proceedings received from the Neutral nations supervisory Commission.

(h) Give general supervision and direction to the activities of the Committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War and the Committee for Assisting the Return of Displaced Civilians, hereinafter established.

(i) Act as intermediary in transmitting communications between the Commanders of the opposing sides; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude the Commanders of both sides from Communicating with each other by any other means which they may desire to employ.

(j) Provide credentials and distinctive insignia for its staff and its Joint Observer Teams, and a distinctive marking for all vehicles, aircraft, and vessels, used in the performance of its mission.

26. The Mission of the Joint Observer Teams shall be to assist the Military Armistice Commission in supervising the carrying out of the provisions of this Armistice Agreement pertaining to the Demilitarized Zone and to the Han River Estuary.

27. The Military Armistice Commission, or the senior member of either side thereof, is authorized to dispatch Joint Observer Teams to investigate violations of this Armistice Agreement reported to have occurred in the Demilitarized Zone or in the Han River Estuary; provided, however, that not more than one half of the Joint Observer Teams which have not been dispatched by the Military Armistice Commission may be dispatched at any one time by the senior member of either side on the Commission.

28. The Military Armistice Commission, or the senior member of either side thereof, is authorized to request the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission to conduct special observations and inspections at places outside the Demilitarized Zone where violations of this Armistice Agreement have been reported to have occurred. 29. When the Military Armistice Commission determines that a violation of this Armistice Agreement has occurred, it shall immediately report such violation to the Commanders of the opposing sides.

30. When the Military Armistice Commission determines that a violation of this Armistice Agreement has been corrected to its satisfaction, it shall so report to the Commanders of the opposing sides.

3. General

31. The Military Armistice Commission shall meet daily. Recesses of not to exceed seven (7) days may be agreed upon by the senior members of both sides; provided, that such recesses may be terminated on twenty-four (24) hour notice by the senior member of either side.

32. Copies of the record of the proceedings of all meetings of the Military Armistice Commission shall be forwarded to the Commanders of the opposing sides as soon as possible after each meeting.

33. The Joint Observer teams shall make periodic reports to the Military Armistice Commission as required by the Commission and, in addition, shall make such special reports as may be deemed necessary by them, or as may be required by the Commission.

34. The Military Armistice Commission shall maintain duplicate files of the reports and records of proceedings required by this Armistice Agreement. The Commission is authorized to maintain duplicate files of such other reports, records, etc., as may be necessary in the conduct of its business. Upon eventual dissolution of the Commission, one set of the above files shall be turned over to each side.

35. The Military Armistice Commission may make recommendations to the Commanders of the opposing sides with respect to amendments or additions to this Armistice Agreement. Such recommended changes should generally be those designed to insure a more effective armistice.

C. Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission

1. Compositions

36. A Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission is hereby established.

37. The Neutral Nations supervisory Commission shall be composed of four (4) senior officers, two (2) of whom shall be appointed by neutral nations nominated by the Commander- in-Chief, United Nations Command, namely, SWEDEN and SWITZERLAND, and two (2) of whom shall be appointed by neutral nations nominated jointly by the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces, namely, POLAND and CZECHOSLOVAKIA. The term "neutral nations" as herein used is defined as those nations whose combatant forces have not participated in the hostilities in Korea. Members appointed to the Commission may be from the armed forces of the appointing nations. Each member shall designate an alternate member to attend those meetings which for any reason the principal member is unable to attend. Such alternate members shall be of the same nationality as their principals. The Neutral Nations supervisory Commission may take action whenever the number of members present from the neutral nations nominated by one side is equal to the number of members present from the neutral nations nominated by the other side.

38. Members of the Neutral nations Supervisory Commission shall be permitted to use staff assistants furnished by the neutral nations as required. These staff assistants may be appointed as alternate members of the Commission.

39. The neutral nations shall be requested to furnish the Neutral nations Supervisory Commission with the necessary administrative personnel to establish a Secretariat charged with assisting the Commission by performing necessary record-keeping, secretarial, interpreting, and such other functions as the Commission may assign to it.

40. (a) The Neutral Nations supervisory Commission shall be initially provided with, and assisted by, twenty (20) neutral Nations Inspection Teams, which number may be reduced by agreement of the senior members of both sides on the Military Armistice Commission. The Neutral nations Inspection Teams shall be responsible to, shall report to, and shall be subject to the direction of, the Neutral Nations supervisory Commission only.

(b) Each Neutral Nations Inspection Team shall be composed of not less than four (4) officers, preferably of field grade, half of whom shall be from the neutral nations nominated by the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, and half of whom shall be from the neutral nations nominated jointly by the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army, and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces. Members appointed to the Neutral Nations Inspection Teams may be from the armed forces of the appointed. In order to facilitate the functioning of the Teams, sub-teams composed of not less than two (2) members, one of whom shall be from a neutral nation nominated by the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, and one of whom shall be from a neutral nation nominated jointly by the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces, may be formed as circumstances require. Additional personnel such as drivers, clerks, interpreters, and communications personnel, and such equipment as may be required by the Teams to perform their missions, shall be furnished by the Commander of each side, as required, in the Demilitarized Zone and in the territory under his military control. The Neutral nations Supervisory Commission may provide itself and the Neutral Nations Inspection Teams with such of the above personnel shall be personnel of the same neutral nations of which the Neutral nations supervisory Commission is composed.

2. Functions and Authority

41. The mission of the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission shall be to carry out the functions of supervision, observation, inspection, and investigation, as stipulated in Sub-paragraphs 13(c) and 13(d) and Paragraph 28 hereof, and to report the results of such supervision, observation, inspection, and investigation to the Military Armistice Commission.

42. The Neutral nations Supervisory Commission shall:

(a) Locate its headquarters in proximity to the to the headquarters of the Military Armistice Commission.

(b) Adopt such rules of procedure as it may, from time to time, deem necessary.

(c) Conduct, through its members and its Neutral nations Inspection teams, the supervision and inspection provided for in Sub-paragraphs 13(c) and 13(d) of this Armistice Agreement at the ports of entry enumerated in Paragraph 43 hereof, and the special observations and inspections provided for in paragraph 28 hereof at those places where violations of this Armistice Agreement have been reported to have occurred. The inspection of combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weapons, and ammunition by the Neutral Nations Inspection Teams shall be such as to enable them to properly insure that reinforcing combat aircraft, armored vehicles, weapons, and ammunition are not being introduced into Korea; but this shall not be construed as authorizing inspections or examinations of any secret designs of characteristics of any combat aircraft, armored vehicle, weapon, or ammunition.

(d) Direct and supervise the operations of the Neutral Nations Inspection Teams.

(e) Station five (5) neutral nations Inspection Teams at the ports of entry enumerated in Paragraph 43 hereof located in the territory under the military control of the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command; and five (5) Neutral nations Inspection Teams at the ports of entry enumerated in Paragraph 43 hereof located in the territory under the military control of the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Chinese People's Volunteers; and establish initially ten (10) mobile Neutral nations Inspection Teams in reserve, stationed in the general vicinity of the headquarters of the Neutral Nations supervisory Commission, which number may be reduced by agreement of the senior members of both sides on the Military Armistice Commission. Not more than half of the mobile Neutral Nations Inspection Teams shall be dispatched at any one time in accordance with requests of the senior member of either side on the Military Armistice Commission.

(f) Subject to the provisions of the preceding Sub-paragraphs, conduct without delay investigations of reported violations of this Armistice Agreement, including such investigations of reported violations of this Armistice Agreement as may be requested by the Military Armistice Commission or by the senior member of either side on the Commission.

(g) Provide credentials and distinctive insignia for its staff and its Neutral nations Inspection Teams, and a distinctive marking for all vehicles, aircraft, and vessels used in the Performance of this mission.

43. Neutral nations Inspection Teams shall be stationed at the following ports of entry.

Territory under the military contrail of the United Nations Command

INCHON..................................(37 28, 126 38'E)

TAEGU............................... .....(35 52'n, 128 36'E)

PUSAN................................ ....(35 45'N, 129 02'E)

KANGNUNG............................(37 45'N, 128 54'E)

KUNSAN.................................(35 59'E, 126 43'E)

Territory under the military control of the Korean People's Army and the Soviet Armed Forces

SINUJU....................................(40 06'n, 124 24E)

CHONGJIN..............................(41 46'N, 129 49E)

HUNGNAM...............................(39 50'N, 127 37'E)

MANPO.................................. ..(41 46'N, 126 18'E)

SINANJU..................................(39 36'N, 125 36'E)

These Neutral Nations Inspection Teams shall be accorded full convenience of movement within the areas and over the routes of communication set forth on the attached map (Map 5).

3. General

44. The Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission shall meet daily. Recesses of not to exceed seven (7) days may be agreed upon by the members of the Neutral nations Supervisory Commission; provided, that such recesses may be terminated on twenty-four (24) hour notice by any member.

45. Copies of the record of the proceedings of all meetings of the Neutral Nations Supervisory commission shall be forwarded to the Military Armistice commission as soon as possible after each meeting. Records shall be kept in English, Korean, and Chinese.

46. The Neutral Nations Inspection Teams shall make periodic reports concerning the results of their supervision observations, inspections, and investigations to the Neutral Nations supervisory Commission as required by the Commission and, in addition, shall make such special reports as may be deemed necessary by them, or as may be required by the Commission. Reports shall be submitted by a Team as a whole, but may also be submitted by one or more individual members thereof; provided, that the reports submitted by one or more individual members thereof shall be considered as information only.

47. Copies of the reports made by the Neutral Nations Inspection teams shall be forwarded to the Military Armistice Commission by the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission without delay and in the language in which received. They shall not be delayed by the process of translation or evaluation. The Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission shall evaluate such reports at the earliest practicable time and shall forward their findings to the Military Armistice Commission as a matter of priority. The Military Armistice Commission shall not take final action with regard to any such report until the evaluation thereof has been received from the Neutral nations Supervisory Commission. Members of the Neutral nations Supervisory Commission and of its Teams shall be subject to appearance before the Military Armistice Commission, at the request of the senior member of either side on the Military Armistice Commission, for clarification of any report submitted.

48. The Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission shall maintain duplicate files of the reports and records of proceedings required by this Armistice Agreement. The Commission is authorized to maintain duplicate files of such other reports, records, etc., as may be necessary in the conduct of its business. Upon eventual dissolution of the Commission, one set of the above files shall be turned over to each side.

49. The Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission may make recommendations to the Military Armistice Commission with respect to amendments or additions to this Armistice Agreement. Such recommended changes should generally be those designed to insure a more effective armistice.

50. The Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission, or any member thereof, shall be authorized to communicated with any member of the Military Armistice Commission.

Article III Arrangement Relating to Prisoners of War

51. The release and repatriation of all prisoners of war held in the custody of each side at the time this armistice agreement becomes effective shall be effected in conformity with the following provisions agreed upon by both sides prior to the signing of this armistice agreement.

(a) Within sixty (60) days after this agreement becomes effective each side shall, without offering any hindrance, directly repatriate and hand over in groups all those prisoners of war in its custody who insist on repatriation to the side to which they belonged at the time of capture. Repatriation shall be accomplished in accordance with the related provisions of this Article. In order to expedite the repatriation process of such personnel, each side shall, prior to the signing of the Armistice Agreement, exchange the total numbers, by nationalities, or personnel to be directly repatriated. Each group of prisoners of war delivered to the other side shall be accompanied by rosters, prepared by nationality, to include name, rank (if any) and internment or military serial number.

(b) Each side shall release all those remaining prisoners of war, who are not directly repatriated, from its military control and from its custody and hand them over to the Neutral Nations Repatriation Commission for disposition in accordance with the provisions in the Annex hereto, "Terms of Reference for Neutral Nations Repatriation Commission."

(c) So that there may be no misunderstanding owing to the equal use of three languages, the act of delivery of a prisoner of war by one side to other side shall, for the purposes of the Armistice Agreement, be called "repatriation" in English, ( ) "Song Hwan" in Korean and ( ) notwithstanding the nationality or place of residence of such prisoner of war.

52. Each side insures that it will not employ in acts of war in the Korean conflict any prisoner of war released and repatriated incident to the coming into effect of this armistice agreement.

53. All the sick and injured prisoners of was who insist upon repatriation shall be repatriated with priority. Insofar as possible, there shall be captured medical personnel repatriated concurrently with the sick and injured prisoners of war, so as to provide medical care and attendance enroute.

54. The repatriation of all of the prisoners of war required by Sub-paragraph 51 (a) hereof shall be completed within a time limit of sixty (60) days after this Armistice Agreement becomes effective. Within this time limit each side undertakes to complete repatriation of the above- mentioned prisoners of war in its custody at the earliest practicable time.

55. PANMUNJOM is designated as the place where prisoners of war will be delivered and received by both sides. Additional place(s) of delivery and reception of prisoners of war in the Demilitarized Zone may be designated, if necessary, by the Committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War.

56. (a) A committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War is hereby established. It shall be composed of six (6) officers of field grade, three (3) of whom shall be appointed by the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, and three (3) of whom shall be appointed jointly by the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces. This Committee shall, under the general supervision and direction of the Military Armistice Commission, be responsible for co- ordinating the specific plans of both sides for the repatriation of prisoners of war and for supervision the execution by both sides of all of the provisions of this Armistice Agreement relating to the repatriation of prisoners of war. It shall be the duty of this Committee to co-ordinate the timing of the arrival of prisoners of war at the place(s) of delivery and reception of prisoners of war from the prisoner of war camps of both sides; to make, when necessary, such special arrangements as may be required with regard to the transportation and welfare of sick and injured prisoners of war; to co-ordinate the work of the joint Red Cross teams, established in Paragraph 57 hereof, in assisting in the repatriation of prisoners of war; to supervise the implementation of the arrangements for the actual repatriation of prisoners of war stipulated in Paragraphs 53 and 54 hereof; to select, when necessary, additional place(s) of delivery and reception of prisoners of war; and to carry out such other related functions as are required for the repatriation of prisoners of war.

(b) When unable to reach agreement on any matter relating to its responsibilities, the committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War shall immediately refer such matter to the Military Armistice Commission for decision. The Committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War shall maintain its headquarters in proximity to the headquarters of the Military Armistice Commission.

(c) The Committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War shall be dissolved by the Military Armistice Committee upon completion of the program of repatriation of prisoners of war.

57. (a) Immediately after this Armistice Agreement becomes effective, joint Red Cross teams composed of representatives of the national Red Cross Societies of countries contributing forces to the United Nations Command on the one hand, and representatives of the of the Red Cross Society of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea and representatives of the Red Cross Society of the People's Republic of China on the other hand, shall be established. The joint Red Cross teams shall assist in the execution by both sides of those provisions of this Armistice Agreement relating to the repatriation of all the prisoners of war specified in Sub-paragraph 51 (a) hereof, who insist upon repatriation, by the performance of such humanitarian services as are necessary and desirable for the welfare of the prisoners of war. To accomplish this task, the joint Red Cross teams shall provide assistance in the delivering and receiving of prisoners of war by both sides at the place(s) of delivery and reception of prisoners of war, and shall visit the prisoner-of-war camps of both sides to comfort the prisoners of war.

(b) The joint Red Cross teams shall be organized as set forth below:

(1) One team shall be composed of twenty (20) members, namely, ten (10) representatives from the national Red Cross Societies of each side, to assist in the delivering and receiving of prisoners of war by both sides at the place(s) of delivery and reception of prisoners of war. The chairmanship of this team shall alternate daily between representative from the Red Cross Societies of the two sides. The work and services of this team shall be coordinated by the Committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War.

(2) One team shall be composed of sixty (60) members, namely, thirty (30) representatives from the national Red Cross Societies of each side, to visit the prisoner-of-war camps under the administration of the Korean People's Army and the Soviet Armed Forces. This team may provide services to prisoners of war while en route from the prisoner of war camps to the place(s) of delivery and reception of prisoners of war. A representative of a Red Cross Society of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea or of the Red Cross Society of the People's Republic of China shall serve as chairman of this team.

(3) One team shall be composed of sixty (60) members, namely, thirty (30) representatives from the national Red Cross Societies of each side, to visit the prisoner of war camps under the administration of the United Nations Command. This team may provide services to prisoners of war while en route from the prisoner of war camps to the place(s) of delivery and reception of prisoners of war. A representative of a Red Cross Society of a nation contributing to forces to the United Nations Command shall serve as chairman of this team.

(4) In order to facilitate the functioning of each joint Red Cross team, sub-teams composed of not less than two (2) members from this team, with an equal number of representatives from each side, may be formed as circumstances require.

(5) Additional personnel such as drivers, clerks, and interpreters, and such equipment as may be required by the joint Red Cross teams to perform their missions, shall be furnished by the Commander of each side to the team operating in the territory under his military control.

(6) Whenever jointly agreed upon by the representatives of both sides on any joint Red Cross team, the size of such team may be increased or decreased, subject to confirmation by the committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War.

(c) The Commander of each side shall co-operate fully with the joint Red Cross teams in the performance of their functions, and undertakes to insure the security of the personnel of the Joint Red Cross team in the area under his military control. The Commander of each side shall provide such logistic, administrative, and communications facilities as may be required by the team operating in the territory under his military control.

(d) The joint Red Cross teams shall be dissolved upon completion of the program of repatriation of all of the prisoners of war specified in Sub-paragraph 51 (a) hereof, who insist upon repatriation.

58. (a) The Commander of each side shall furnish to the Commander of the other side as soon as practicable, but not later than ten (10) days after this Armistice Agreement becomes effective, the following information concerning prisoners of war:

(1) Complete data pertaining to the prisoners of war who escaped since the effective date of the data last exchanged.

(2) Insofar as practicable, information regarding name, nationality, rank, and other identification data, date and cause of death, and place of burial, of those prisoners of war who died while in his custody.

(b) If any prisoners of war escape or die after the effective date of the supplementary information specified above, the detaining side shall furnish to the other side, through the Committee for Repatriation of Prisoners of War, the data pertaining thereto in accordance with the provisions of Sub-paragraph 58 (a) hereof. Such data shall be furnished at ten-day intervals until the completion of the program of delivery and reception of prisoners of war.

(c) Any escaped prisoner of war who returns to the custody of the detaining side after the completion of the program of delivery and reception of prisoners of war shall be delivered to the Military Armistice Commission for disposition.

59. (a) All civilians who, at the time this Armistice Agreement become effective, are in territory under the military control of the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, and who, on 24 June 1950, resided north of the Military Demarcation Line established in this Armistice Agreement shall, if they desire to return home, be permitted and assisted by the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, to return to the area north of the military Demarcation Line; and all civilians who, at the time this Armistice Agreement becomes effective, are in territory under the military control of the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces, and who on 24 June 1950, resided south of the Military Demarcation Line established in this Armistice Agreement shall, if they desire to return home, be permitted and assisted by the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces to return to the area south Military Demarcation Line. The Commander of each side shall e responsible for publicizing widely throughout the territory under his military control the contents of the provisions of this Sub-paragraph, and for calling upon the appropriate civil authorities to give necessary guidance and assistance to all such civilians who desire to return home.

(b) All civilians of foreign nationality who, at the time this Armistice Agreement becomes effective, are in territory under the military control of the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces shall if they desire to proceed to territory under the military control of the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations command, be permitted and assisted to do so; all civilians of foreign nationality who, at the time this Armistice Agreement becomes effective, are in territory under the military control of the Commander-in- Chief, United Nations Command, shall, if they desire to proceed to territory under the military Control of the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces, be permitted and assisted to do so. The Commander of each side shall be responsible for publicizing widely throughout the territory under his military control of contents of the provisions of this sub-paragraph, and for calling upon the appropriate civil authorizes to give necessary guidance and assistance to all such civilians of foreign nationality who desire to proceed to territory under the military control of the Commander of the other side.

(c) Measures to assist in the return of civilians provided for in Sub-paragraph 59 (a) hereof and the movement of civilians provided for in Sub-paragraph 59 (b) hereof shall be commenced by both sides as soon as possible after this Armistice Agreement becomes effective.

(d) (1) A Committee for Assisting the Return of Displace Civilians is hereby established. It shall be composed of four (4) officers of field grade, two (2) of whom shall be appointed jointly by the Commander-in-Chief, United Nations Command, and two (2) of whom shall be appointed jointly by the Supreme Commander of the Korean People's Army and the Commander of the Soviet Armed Forces. This committee shall, under the general supervision and direction of the Military Armistice Commission, be responsible for coordinating the specific plans of both sides for assistance to the return of the above-mentioned civilians. It shall be the duty of this Committee to make necessary arrangements, including those of transportation, for expediting and coordinating the movement of the above-mentioned civilians; to select the crossing point(s) through which the above-mentioned civilians will cross the Military Demarcation Line; to arrange for security at the crossing point(s); and to carry out such other functions as are required to accomplish the return of the above-mentioned civilians.

(2) When unable to reach agreement on any matter relating to its responsibilities, the Committee for Assisting the return of Displaced Civilians shall immediately refer such matter to the Military Armistice Commission for decision. The Committee for assisting the Return of Displaced Civilians shall maintain its headquarters in proximity to the headquarters of the Military Armistice Commission.

(3) The Committee for Assisting the Return of Displaced Civilians shall be dissolved by the Military Armistice Commission upon fulfillment of its mission.

Article IV

Recommendations to the Governments Concerned on Both Sides

60. In order to insure the peaceful settlement of the Korean question, the military Commanders of both sides hereby recommend to the governments of the countries concerned on both sides that, within three (3) months after the Armistice Agreement is signed and becomes effective, a political conference of a higher level of both sides be held by representatives appointed respectively to settle through negotiation the questions of the withdrawal of all foreign forces from Korea, the peaceful settlement of the Korean question, etc.

Article V

Miscellaneous

61. Amendments and additions to this Armistice Agreement must be mutually agreed to by the Commanders of the opposing sides.

62. The Articles and Paragraphs of this Armistice Agreement shall remain in effect until expressly superseded either by mutually acceptable amendments and additions or by provision in an appropriate agreement for a peaceful settlement at a political level between both sides.

63. All of the provisions of this Armistice Agreement, other than Paragraph 12, shall become effective at 2200 hours on 24 December 1954.

[/pre]

[list]

___

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour, The Republic Of Choline

[list]OCTOBER 1953

CAIRO, EGYPT — MIDDLE EAST[/list]

[list][list][sub][pre]وطن - عمل - استقلال

The Homeland - Labour - Independence

HISTORY WILL JUDGE MY NAME[/pre][/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][sub]The date is October 13th 1953. Fadhl Wadud, a citizen of Cairo’s Tura neighbourhood, wakes up for Fajr Prayers at 6:25 am. Fadhl is a member of the Fighting Vanguard, a clandestine armed organization with ideological and political links with the Muslim Brotherhood. It is in poor neighbourhoods such as Tura in which the Vanguard holds sway, yet the 90-member strong organization has remained dormant, only resurfacing very briefly during protests in Port Sa’id. A young, eager, fanatic and impressionable man, Fadhl is one but many religiously motivated youth who have embraced Islamism largely due to socioeconomic discontent. On the other side of Cairo, President Rashid Qaddab rehearses his upcoming speeches for the 13th, scheduled to be in Tura. The President is playing a game of catchup with Nasser, who has made his own maneuvers in the area rallying against government neglect. The state is determined to respond through a bold public visit to Tura, to show that it has not forgotten its obligations and responsibilities. At 8:40 am, Fadhl leaves his home. He makes certain to take a pocket pistol with him. The memories of Port Sa’id still weigh heavily on many of Egypt’s Islamists and Qaddab’s visit raises fears of renewed violent clashes, for which the Brotherhood must anticipate if it wishes to survive.[/sub]

[sub]President Qaddab is anxious to charm the people into supporting his platform once again. Despite the insistence of advice, Qaddab wishes to have light personal security during the visit. He wants to have no boundary separating himself from the citizens, which understandably, would undermine the message the event is designed to communicate. At around 9:00 am, Qaddab receives news of the Republican Party’s campaigning in Alexandria from Ayash Al-Adel, the Agency Executive of FATA. The President responds confidently, stating that today’s rally will regain him the political initiative and isolate Nasser. Ayash agrees, but is interrupted prematurely by Aziz Sedqi. Sedqi again insists that the President reconsider his choice to travel to Tura without the full force of his personal security. Qaddab speaks adamantly reaffirming his past choice. Ayash in an atypical manner, agrees with his superior on this matter. By 10:15 am, Fadhl is at the Masjid Al-Taqwa, receiving charitable donations which have come to form a significant proportion of what Tura’s inhabitants survive on. Islamic charity is one of the tools of the Muslim Brotherhood to attract new members and enhance civilian endorsement. Although the Masjid’s leadership is not affiliated with any political movement, it hosts a common meeting spot for Islamist supporters, of which Fadhl converses with on matters largely relevant to Egypt’s politics. The Masjid is located alongside Tahya Street, which is itself parallel to Al-Haram Avenue. The two locations are bridged through crowded housing via the Al-Arish Road. At 10:45 am, Fadhl leaves the Masjid and walks down Al-Arish Road, gradually becoming more nervous as he hears the sounds of those awaiting the President. As Qaddab’s portraits are hoisted by civilians on their windows overlooking the venue, the President approaches a designated public space at the street level. He is surrounded by jubilant crowds who are eager to meet him and shake his hand. The true sincerity of such gestures will likely never be known, but nonetheless Qaddab is confident and begins to speak charismatically. “I know, there are some allegations that our Egypt has forgotten you. But let me assure you that no Egyptian can ever make a decision without the consent of all the citizens of the country” the President proclaimed in the very opening of his performance. Naturally, all eyes are on Qaddab, facing away from the intersection in which Al-Arish Road meets Al-Haram Avenue. Fadhl, who has at this point reached said intersection, stares in awe at the man just several metres away from his very location. The man who had in his eyes betrayed the Islamic Ummah and forced Egyptians down a path devoid of pious guidance. The awe he feels is not formed out of admiration, but intense repugnance. The cocktail of emotions felt when finally facing one’s sworn adversary when seeking to extract a ‘well-deserved’ revenge.[/sub]

[sub]When Fadhl Wadud woke up on October 13th 1953 at 6:25 am, he did not anticipate how the day would bring him to make history. His actions, directed by the merits of his youthful idealism, were intensely sporadic, yet they would impact Egypt’s course irreversibly and immeasurably. Egypt’s first President was assassinated on October 13th 1953 at 11:06 am by two bullets. One that barely glanced off a membership medal of the Young Egypt Party, but another which struck him through the neck and ended his life. The crowd cheered around him the second it happened, applauding his unforeseen last words:“long live Egypt, long live its land and its people!” After that, he fell backward, as Fadhl stood waving the smoking pistol, making no attempt to escape. Thus, he was to be the ultimate symbol of Egypt’s political and social divide, the epitome of disdain that some had come to exhibit towards what Qaddab had supposedly represented. It was a surreal moment for all those who saw it. The man who had been named the ‘Father of the Nation’, murdered by one of his own people, who he had led to independence. Yet, some could not help but to feel a minute sympathy for those who had done the deed, knowing the immense difficulty social inequality had posed to their community. Fadhl did not resist his arrest, appearing to be calm in the sea of chaos he had just unleashed. A sea that would quickly engulf all of Egypt. By 11:11 am, the Interior Ministry was notified of the events in Tura and was instructed to communicate Qaddab’s assasination to the Armed Forces. The Minister of Defence, Ali Maher Al-Kuzbari convened with an emergency phone call with Ayash Al-Adel at 11:30 am. The two men were convinced that the assasination was the beginning of an Islamist plot to topple the Republic. Subsequently, armour from the 23rd Nour Division was soon patrolling the streets of the Egyptian capital and a crackdown was initiated against the Muslim Brotherhood. Mass arrests of suspected Brotherhood members followed, Brotherhood offices were soon raided and the two main Islamist leaders, Hassan Al-Banna and Sayed Qutb were arrested. The swift nature of which these actions were taken and the lack of Islamist resistance may have suggested the truth, that the assasination was not a coordinated effort and the Brotherhood was not preparing to overthrow secular institutions. However, this was ignored by the security services and the army. Parliamentary speaker, Hassan Ziyad Al-Freji, was tasked with writing and delivering the news of Qaddab’s death to the Egyptian public, which was scheduled to take place at 2:00 pm. “Dear fellow Egyptian citizens. In your bid to preserve your freedom, independence, revolution and Republic you are accustomed to confronting tribulation and tragedy with strong resolve and unshakable determination. On this wretched day in the history of the great Egyptian people. Sinful and criminal hands, treacherous to this homeland have taken the life of our beloved President, Rashid Ibn Umar Qaddab.” [/sub]

[sub]All of Egypt was in a paralyzing shock. A majority of members of the National Assembly learnt of the assasination through Hassan’s speech to the nation. Further directives from the army instructed that the National Assembly convene for an emergency session on October 14th to observe the swearing in of Vice-President Musa Taha Al-Hashemi as the new President of the Republic per the Constitution. At the same time, Ali Maher Al-Kuzbari announced the creation of a ‘temporary military council’ to oversee a ‘crackdown against violent political elements responsible for the assasination’ and ‘ensure the preservation of the Republic’s institutions’. The October 14th meeting of the National Assembly congealed the emotions of guilt, sorrow and resentment held by its members. The Young Egyptians, who had been formed out of the revolution-era coalition of the Wafd and Ittihad parties, now had lost the symbol of their unity, and now internal political disagreements erupted in the first meetings of the Al-Hashemi Government. Party affiliations, previously suppressed through Qaddab’s popularity, was now unleashed in exercises of finger-pointing as to who was responsible for all of Egypt’s ills . The army’s patience with the now dysfunctional civilian government was weavering at a fast rate, with Al-Kuzbari openly addressing Al-Freji in front of the assembly that “the nation is now in mourning and all you have accomplished is further division”. Qaddab’s death was now stretching the limits of the army-party partnership which was founded alongside the Egyptian Republic in 1947. Raising questions over if this new civilian leadership could survive the nation-wide turbulence. Qaddab leaves behind a legacy that few leaders in history can match. He led a nation to independence and undid decades of colonialism and royal despotism. In the 6 years he was President, Egypt went through irreversible social, economic and political change, with both positive and negative consequences. To some, Qaddab is a national hero, and to others, a villain hiding behind false and unfulfilled promises. Undoubtedly, his memory will be hotly debated by many in Egypt and elsewhere. Whether he was a great leader or not, Rashid Qaddab, first President of the first Egyptian Republic, has left his mark on history. His death marks the end of an era for millions of Egyptians, opening up new uncertainty in the future of the Republic he founded.[/sub]

[/list]

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-

[list][list]~ 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐒𝐈𝐗 𝐓𝐑𝐀𝐆𝐈𝐂 𝐃𝐀𝐘𝐒 ~

𝙳𝙰𝙼𝙰𝚂𝙲𝚄𝚂 𝚄𝙽𝙳𝙴𝚁 𝚂𝙸𝙴𝙶𝙴, 𝚃𝚁𝙰𝙶𝙴𝙳𝚈 𝚂𝚃𝚁𝙸𝙺𝙴𝚂[/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝓢𝓞𝓤𝓝𝓓𝓣𝓡𝓐𝓒𝓚 (02)]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xjIo1SPJ4Zc&list=PLph8hEsdeSe3o51Sg2s0uP0gmVafxXYFs&index=10[/spoiler]

𝐃𝐚𝐲 𝟑 𝐨𝐟 𝐭𝐡𝐞 𝐓𝐫𝐚𝐠𝐞𝐝𝐲, [sup]At 5:00 AM in the morning, Colonel Hakim eager to end this attempt against the government orders his men to begin an assault straight towards the Parliament. Hakim's men find some success initially thanks to the two tanks they captured but quickly had to retreat back to the square as the conspirators were extremely tenacious in their defense. In retaliation, Colonel Selu ordered Artillery barrages on the Umayyad Square, but his artillery officers shots end up bombing civilian homes than their intended targets. Once again the whole area is consumed with the crackle of gunshots and the occasional artillery barrage. Hakim's men and the conspirators would clash every hour or so in the area with some moments of peace in between the firefights. Colonel Hakim was not willing to allow this to drag out so he ordered Captain Rashed to gather around Al-Marjeh Square and prepare for an offensive to retake the parliament. Colonel Hakim is also provided support from an unlikely source, that source being a Kurdish militia led by a Kurd named Rafiq Hilmi who was related to Kamal's wife, Roah. The reason these Kurds took up arms on behalf of the government was due to Kamal's promise to the Kurds of an autonomous region. The Kurdish Militia would take positions in Arnous square and begin engaging the conspirators on Al-Hamra street at 7:00 AM. Colonel Hakim described them as fierce, yet reckless fighters. Colonel Hakim and Captain Rashed also began their offensive towards the parliament around 8:00 AM. Initially, Captain Rashed managed to capture the Majara Police Station back but was unable to pass the Yusef Al Azmeh roundabout as the conspirators used their armor units to keep them at bay. With no means to really destroy or disable the tanks, the captain chooses to entrench his forces at the police station. Colonel Hakim and the Kurds have better luck, with Hakim successfully pushing into Nijmeh square while Kurds pushed closer and closer to the parliament. [/sup]

[sup]Back at camp Nuşb al Jundī al Majhūl, President Kamal and Prime Minister Mardam debated on what steps to take next. They received news yesterday that Colonel Hakim had successfully retaken the Umayyad Square. Kamal feeling confident that the situation was under control, wanted to have a public march towards the square as a show of political force. The idea being that Kamal marching would inspire the Damascus citizenry to march with him against the conspirators. Prime Minister Mardam however did not approve and proposed that they stayed there at the camp. Kamal nonetheless refused to stay, in his own word, a President who hides in a time of crisis was not worthy of his position. So at 12:30 PM, Kamal, Mardam, and Lieutenant Colonel Jamil alongside a column of soldiers and government supporters marching from Al Mouhajrin district towards the Umayyad Square. The march overall seemed to sit well with the citizens, but amongst the supporters were a good portion of detractors who shouted anti-Kamal slogans or just crude insults. However, once at the square, a sudden artillery barrage would disperse the crowd, Kamal with his entourage took cover in the ministry of Defense, while there a military officer named Lieutenant Colonel Adib Shishakli presented himself as a loyalist to Kamal. Mardam however was very suspicious of Shishakli's coincidental timing and kept interrogation him with questions as to why he was here. Shishakli simply responded by saying that he was on leave visiting his brother in Damascus. Kamal being easily trustful, would put Shishakli under Jamil's command at 1:00 PM. Kamal and Mardam would be taken back to the Tishreen Palace while the two officers remained. This decision would ultimately cost Kamal everything...including his life.[/sup]

[sup]Back at the Parliament, the three officers now at risk of being cornered decided to commit to a counteroffensive against Captin Rashed. Colonel al-Hinnawi would lead the offensive with a column of tanks supported by two infantry platoons. The fighting is fierce but short as the Captain is overwhelmed, forcing him to once again abandon the police station and withdraw towards Al-Marjeh square. From there, colonel al-Hinnawi would capitalize on his success by chasing the Captin's forces into the square. Not willing to take any more risks, Rashed ordered his forces to withdraw to the Darwish Pasha Mosque, which was a few blocks down from the Damascus Citadel. Despite his success, Colonel Hakim and the Kurds still managed to gain further ground towards the Parliament. Practically a few blocks away from Parliament, General Bannud once again orders for a retreat, this time they would take refuge at the Palace of Justice. Major Miah who was still fighting against Hakim in Nijmeh square is forced to withdraw back to the Parliament to provide cover for the retreating column against the Kurds, whom at the point were just mere feet away from entering the main street of the national Parliament. In their panicked retreat, the conspirators abandon most of their munitions and guns. Including some injured troops within the Parliament. Colonel Hakim realizing that the conspirators were once again retreating decided to use captured artillery guns in an attempt to corner them. The retreating convoy would be bombarded by their own artillery, causing mass panic amongst the troops, during which General Bannud riding in a military jeep is severely injured by a piece of artillery shrapnel. At that point, Colonel Selu orders all troops to redirect themselves towards the Damascus citadel as Selu believed it would provide a better defense over the Justice Palace. What remained of the convoy now barricaded themselves within the Damascus Citadel. Mounting machine guns on the roofs and parking their tanks on the street corners. Major Miah however was unable to link up with them as artillery fire prevented him from following. The Major and some men would take refuge in the Attaouba Mosque until further notice.[/sup]

[sup]At 2:00 PM, the national Parliament was now back in the hands of the government. Colonel Hakim seeking to capitalize ordered his forces to reroute towards the citadel and at 2:00 PM they surrounded the citadel. President Kamal would be informed of the Colonel's success and asked what was to be done with the conspirators. To the shock of many, including the colonel, Kamal would tell Hakim not to engage them, but rather attempt to get them to surrender. Kamal's logic being that the citadel was a historic site and that engaging them would only end up potentially killing more civilians in the area. Thus, a ceasefire would behave as Hakim attempted to get the conspirators to surrender. Inside the citadel, General Bannud was gravely injured and was no longer capable of leading. Colonel Selu would unofficially take over and commandant, and attempted to figure out the next step as the operation was in shambles. His only choice is to stall for time and hope Za'im would come through with reinforcements. Selu would stall by sending out a representative to speak with Hakim by pretending to surrender but during the talks, the negotiator would make outlandish demands like the resignation of Kamal and his cabinet from the Presidency. However, everything would change when at 5:00 PM, Za'im alongside a total fighting force of 2,000 men arrived at the Al Mazzeh district. Immediately they were spotted marching towards the Umayyad Square. Immediately a battle ensued as the Fayez Mansour became a battlefield. Colonel Hakim when hearing of Za'im's approach, chooses to immediately head back to the square to command its defense. Captin Rashed would be left in charge of guarding the conspirators within the citadel. Upon arriving at the square, Colonel Hakim would order Jamil and Shishakl to take over command of the Damascus Citadel, a critical mistake that would bring forth the end. For the rest of the day, the whole of Al Mazzeh would be engulfed in battle, thousands in property damaged and many civilians killed in the crossfire. The 3rd day would become one of the most violent of the 6 days, but tomorrow was to bring even more.[/sup]

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour

[sup]DECEMBER 24TH, 1954[/sup]

THE NEW YORK TIMES

_

[sup]KOREAN WAR COMES TO AN END.[/sup]

[sup]ARMISTICE SIGNED IN KOREA; HOSTILITIES END WITH THE NATION REMAINING DIVIDED[/sup]

_

| Following years of a brutal war between "North Korea", backed by a quarter of a million Soviet troops and its navy and "South Korea", backed by the United Nations, The United States, The French, The British and other western nations, the hostilities of the war came to an end in Korea with the signing of the Korean Armistice Agreement in P'anmunjŏm, Korea. The Korean War represented the pinnacle, thus far, of the cold war and the bitter rivalry between the United States and its Allies against the Soviet Union and its iron curtain. Notably, the war was the closest the 2 major powers have gotten in terms of engaging in direct combat, though its likely sporadic or isolated incidents of direct combat did occur during the war. Overall, the Korean War was inconclusive. Though the borders did change, the total land area pre-war is roughly the same. It's hard to claim anyone clearly won, whether it be between the 2 divided Korean states or the ideological conflict that has been the focal point of geopolitics since the end of World War 2. Some have stated the inconclusive result that showcased that neither side is as invincible or all-powerful as we claim, perhaps this could lead to a detente, or perhaps tensions could rise even further. |

| Beyond the clear and important implications of the armistice in terms of geopolitics and foreign policy, the impact of the Korean War also has important implications domestically. 36,000 Americans lost their lives in the war, and additionally, the soldiers that will return home in the coming months may not receive the same reception soldiers in World War 2 received when they returned from Europe or Japan. For better or for worse, the American public did not view this war as a victory, but rather a loss, though the Soviet Union and its public feels similar about the war. Another concern post war concerns the economy, which was boosted by the increase in spending by the United States Government, which rippled throughout the country, most notably in industries such as manufacturing and aviation. A recession is in the cards, though it is not certain, Eisenhower has stated that his policies will aim to ensure these industries switch from military manufacturing to civilian manufacturing, which is in need of consumer products to fulfill the material needs of the public and airliners that will transport millions across the nation and the world. |

| President Dwight D. Eisenhower has stated his intentions to reduce global tensions, a sentiment echoed by Premier Ivan Konev. These intentions did culminate in the scheduling of a summit in Geneva during the summer of 1955, which will see the major world powers meet to reduce international tensions, discuss trade barriers, nuclear policy and discuss the common goal for global security. The summit will see the leaders of the Soviet Union, the United States, France and Britain meet. This will be the first major conference held between these nations since the conferences that concerned World War 2 and defeating the Axis powers. |

_

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Arcanda, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour

Liberalina wrote:| Peron's plane landed smoothly on the runway at Moscow AFB and proceeded to park in its designated location, Peron would exit the plane and Ivan Konev was there to greet him. Konev was dressed in a simple black suit, sporting a pin of the Soviet Flag and leather gloves to cope with the brutal winter. Konev offered a handshake to Peron and the pair proceeded to enter into the Limo, which was heated. The motorcade headed to the Kremlin and the 2 proceeded to exit out. Konev led Peron to a small personal study where 2 plush red velvet chairs were set out along with tea, cookies and cakes. Konev poured tea for the 2. |

[list]

[sup]| IVAN KONEV |[/sup][sup] "Lets skip the formality and get to the nitty gritty. The Soviet Union needs a supplier of grain, you know, wheat and soybeans and corn and what not. We need a cheap supplier specifically. And i'm sure, you, the Argentinians need cheap oil, we have that."[/sup]

[/list]

| Konev sipped his tea. |

[list]

___

| Peron landed in Moscow and was pleased to meet with Soviet President Konev, he was warmly greeted and was quickly escorted to the Kremlin where talks will be held. He was amazed by Moscow's grandness, noting that Moscow was similar to that of Paris. Upon arrival to the Kremlin, he was then again greeted by a warm welcome of a tea, cookies and cakes, and talks eventually began.

[list][sup]| Peron |[/sup] [sup]Wheat? Grain? We've got plenty of those back home. Just tell me the numbers and they'll be ready for you.[/sup][/list]

Liberalina

[list]NOVEMBER 1953

CAIRO, EGYPT — MIDDLE EAST[/list]

[list][list][sub][pre]وطن - عمل - استقلال

The Homeland - Labour - Independence

COMETH THE HOUR, COMETH THE MAN[/pre][/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][sub]The first month of the Presidency of Musa Al-Hashemi was to be engulfed in tensions and upheaval. The new President finds himself stepping into the shoes of an almost god-like figure in common Egyptian memory. He has a heavy legacy to fulfill yet presides over an environment detrimental to his success. In effect, by the end of October, the month of Qaddab’s assassination, Al-Hashemi had recognized that he was a temporary figurehead. Going so far to openly speak to his Ministers on the prospect of resigning, however pressure from the army closed down that possibility. The political fracturing of the Young Egyptians has sent civilian institutions into a state of paralysis, rendering all true authority in the hands of the military council and depriving the Presidency of its ability to effectively rule. Yet the army made no attempt to overthrow Al-Hashemi, instead focusing on hampering any alleged attempt to overthrow the state by Islamists in anticipation for the return to normalcy. Demonstrating a commitment to the founding army-party relationship which guaranteed the civilian governments recognition of the army’s role as a vanguard against anti-Republican elements. Fadhl Wadud confessed before a military judiciary that he was responsible for the assassination. He further confessed proudly to his membership with the Fighting Vanguard in addition to his support for the Muslim Brotherhood. Subsequently, he was sentenced to death, alongside the General Guide of the Muslim Brotherhood, Hassan Al-Banna and Sayed Qutb, an extremist philosopher and founder of the reactionary Qutbi order. The charges entailed “an attempt to undermine the Republic, overthrow the government, engagement in a terrorist organization and premeditated murder.” The army elaborated on his point by having the three men hanged alongside each other for all to see in Cairo. The scene was widely circulated in Egypt’s newspapers and media as a means to demonstrate that Qaddab’s life had been avenged and those responsible would be shown little mercy. Alongside these actions the military council under Al-Kuzbari instructed President Al-Hashemi to pass legislation written by army leaders, largely directed against the Muslim Brotherhood. The Brotherhood was stripped of its status as a political movement and designated as a ‘criminal organization’. Furthermore, all political parties founded on the basis of religion were forbidden, in an attempt to further clamp down on Islamist activity in Egypt, prevent Islamists from gaining any authority within civil institutions and stamping in the purely secular nature of the political scene. [/sub]

[sub]By November 7th, 25 days since the assassination, some tranquility had returned to Egypt as Al-Kuzbari announced that the military council would return the country into civilian hands by November 11th. The news was some respite for a citizenry traumatized by the killing of Qaddab, yet it was unwelcome by President Al-Hashemi. This was not done out of any sympathy or support for military rule, frankly he simply recognized that his ruling coalition was not in a position to effectively govern. For this the President was ridiculed by numerous party members, notably Secretariat of the Council of Ministers Haider Hajjed, for seeking to establish an autocratic garrison state. Members of the former-Wafd party speculated that the army had orchestrated a conspiracy to assassinate Qaddab and that FATA had a hand in the killing. The pressure further mounted when Aziz Sedqi blamed Ayash Al-Adel for agreeing that Qaddab traveled with less security, an unverifiable fact that nonetheless raised suspicions of the Wafdist faction. Frustrated with the situation, deputy speaker of the National Assembly and an ardent ally of the former President, Imad Ismail resigned from his duties on November 10th stating: “I find this situation to be unbearable and a shameful occurrence after the murder of the Father of the Nation. It is in the interests of the country for the government to be reformed in order for it to fulfill its duties.” The discord had not gone unnoticed by the military leadership, who pushed the date back for the civilian transfer from November 11th to November 15th as a result. Al-Kuzbari called for Al-Hashemi to resolve his government’s disunity before the new date. The President responded by making an emotional appeal to the National Assembly on November 12th, imploring the Young Egypt Party to restore its duty to the ideals of the Republican Revolution and evoking nostalgia in its past successes. This appeal had come late. A group of Wafdists under Mukhtar Younis Ibn Hana had secretly convened prior and presented a vote of no-confidence to the National Assembly in the same session, which only failed due to the hesitance of more moderate Wafdists who still supported the coalition. Paradoxically, the ‘Mukhtarite Wafdists’ responded to this by walking out of the legislature, signalling the collapse of the Wafdist-Ittihadist coalition which had formed the core of Egypt’s government for the past 6 years. The Young Egypt Party was therefore reduced by 126 representatives, who had been a majority of the Wafdist faction, rendering the current coalition a de facto reincarnation of the Ittihad Party.[/sub]

[sub]The writing was on the wall for the Egyptian government. Instability could not be contained and the political divide had become too great for the current administration to have any hope of restoring its functionality. Therefore, on November 14th, one day before the army’s deadline, President Al-Hashemi handed his responsibility to the Egyptian public, by announcing early elections for a new, hopefully more united, leadership. The announcement would be the final nail in the coffin of the remaining members of the Young Egypt Party, as they voted to disband the coalitions symbolism and identity, and restore themselves under the Ittihad Party under Adnan Tunsi. Gone was the founding coalition of the Republic, a symbol of unity between Egypt’s liberal forces and support for Qaddab’s ideals. The consequences of this decision were monumental as it left the Republican Party as the only unified political force in the country. It had taken a mere month for Qaddab’s government to unravel in his absence, testifying to his ability in diminishing internal division but also to the fact that no one after him could follow in his example. Al-Hashemi, despite his charisma and political skills, was still overwhelmed by pressures from the army and governmental tribalism. Now the path would lay open, for Egypt’s next great influences to take on the helms of leadership and salvage what had been lost. The military, likely sick and tired of it all, recognized Al-Hashemi’s decision to call snap elections as the most viable option to return the government to civilian hands. Furthermore, Egyptians recognized the decision as an admission of defeat by the President and the Council of Ministers, which would heavily influence public opinion in favour of opposition forces. Al-Hashemi argued that his decision was one of humility and the most responsible option available by stating: “My government has concluded that the most viable course of action is to hand the issue of future governance to a popular and constitutional decision.” The preeminent figure of this new political vacuum was Jamal Abdel Nasser and his Republican Party. Nasser had campaigned immensely across Egypt since July of the previous year and his ideals challenged the post-Revolutionary understanding of Egypt’s domestic identity and identity role. Appealing to the poor and lower Middle Class with pan-Arab overtones, promises of welfare for the impoverished, promises of anti-corruption efforts and economic reforms. He critiqued what the Egyptian Republic had become with its ruthless economic deregulation and the formation of a new wealthy elite around the leadership. Thus he had steadily built up a considerable cadre of supporters. Furthermore, many Egyptians who were previously supporters of the defunct-Young Egyptians seek emotional security in Nasser, seeing many of the qualities of Qaddab in his character. [/sub]

[sub]Ultimately a combination of numerous factors would weigh heavily in Nasser’s favour. The Muslim Brotherhood which could have provided serious competition for the Republican Party especially in poor areas, had been crushed by the army. The Wafdists and Ittihadists which constituted the the former-Young Egypt Party had lost much of their public credibility as a result of their continual infighting and failure to stabilize the post-Qaddab climate. However, arguably the most important factor was that the military establishment was willing to allow a President from the Republican Party to hold office, mostly due to Nasser’s endorsement of secularism. The military council had already postponed the date of the civilian transfer twice, placing it under growing public pressure to dissolve. Furthermore it could not permanently seize power. Democracy eventually had to return, as Qaddab had demanded a democratic Egypt before his death. Nasser was now the most reliable option to reestablish the functionality of the civilian state, thereby allowing the army to step down without opening the possibility of the Republic’s collapse. On the 20th of November 1953, Egyptian’s voted between two candidates. The incumbent President had declined to participate in the election, henceforth Adnan Tunsi would lead opposition to the Republican Party’s bid for the Presidency of Egypt. Tunsi had occupied several high ranking positions within the Young Egyptians, he was entrusted with the governorship of the important industrial city of Helwan. Helwan itself had witnessed tremendous economic growth due to the import of foreign companies which invigorated its development and increased employment. However, he did not possess the same level of support as Nasser did when speaking in terms of Egypt, and his affiliations as an establishment politician worked against his popularity. Mukhtar Younis Ibn Hana was facing more difficulties in mobilizing public support, largely due to the fledgling state of his reborn Wafd Party, which lacks the exposure and structure necessary to effectively compete. With the disunity of the Wafd and Ittihadist factions, they are set to split the vote of the remainder of the pro-establishment civilian bloc, further strengthening Republican prospects for victory. This would become the self-fulfilling prophecy of Egypt’s politics. [/sub]

[sub]When founding the Republican Party in 1952, Jamal Abdel Nasser represented an alternative to the establishment of the time, largely with regard to understanding Egypt’s national identity. The Young Egypt Party had built a regionalist ethos, acknowledging Egypt’s Arab-heritage in a secondary position to an independent identity, rooted in the unity of the Nile valley. This was expressed by a lack of international engagement. With the exception of supporting the global anti-Communist movement, Qaddab would look at matters such as the conflict in Palestine with little interest or enthusiasm. For the former-President, building the Egyptian Republic would be his main duty, and the duty of all those who came after him. Nasser turned this policy on its head, as Egypt reconnected with the Arab cultural sphere. From the viewpoint of the Republican Party, Egypt should have a larger say in Arab affairs, support a wider-Arab consensus and seek the construction of pan-national representation opposed to regionalism. It had been believed by the Egyptian government even up until the chaos of the Al-Hashemi administration, that despite political disunity, the regionalist civic nationalism created by Qaddab would still dominate civilian political opinion. The early elections of November 1953 came to disprove that premise, as Nasser collected 72% of the popular vote, securing 360 out of the 500 seats of the National Assembly. The Ittihadists under Adnan Tunsi had collected 14%, ensuring around 70 seats. The respective Wafdist and Independent factions had secured a roughly equal proportion of the remaining votes. Nasser was now at the centre of Egypt’s politics, sweeping out the establishment and eager to appoint his new government. However it should be noted that significant portions of Egypt’s population refused to cast a ballout, most of them beinng supporters of the Muslim Brotherhood and therefore had been unwilling to participate in what they saw as an unfair system. But nonetheless, the results signal the collapse of the previous ideological framework of the state. The domestic Pan-Arab sentiment, which arguably first gained prominence when Egypt’s public pushed for war against Palestine’s partition, had effectively usurped the political landscape. However, it would be inaccurate to portray Nasser’s success solely to the preaching of Arab unity. Likely, his promises to enact socio economic reforms to reduce the wealth inequality resulting from Qaddab-era economic policies had been the true source of electoral victory. A victory which comes alongside cautious jubilation from the army, who can now securely return political power to civilian hands. Albeit it to a party with a radically new political platform, and to a President who was discharged from the military due to post-war political considerations. Even before the new President delivers his inaugural address both to the Egyptian people and the international community, numerous questions already loom over his young administration. Namely how will it interact with a bitterly suppressed and even more resentful Muslim Brotherhood, the feasibiliuty of confronting regional colonial legacies to fulfill pan-Arabism, its ability to remedy economic and social discontent within Egypt and the details of its foreign policy. Broadly speaking however, there is hope. Many in Egypt’s society and government institutions wish to see Nasser ensure domestic political stability in the context of the experience of post-Qaddab political upheaval.[/sub][/list]

Otsla, Liberalina, Kiger, Kartnan, Suuvla, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-

[list][list]Peruvian Public Radio

January 15, 1955, 17:00[/list][/list]

[list]"Hello, fellow people of Peru! It is 17:00, and time to start your evening radio news. Peru announces the formal Corporate Tax, a tax not exceeding 5% of a company's revenue, has been approved by Congress. This tax was passed as a measure to ensure that the government has enough funds to afford the expenditures of the government and its limited duties. This tax also ensures that Peru shall never need an income or property tax. In addition, Peru currently does not have any wealth taxes nor inheritance taxes. Peru also does not tax foreign citizens for using Peruvian banks. In other news, there has been some debate recently about the status of currency in Peru and how it would be backed and distributed. Many people support the idea of gold and silver backing for the currency, but business owners have pointed out that such a policy limits growth to the amount of gold and silver that is mined in a given year. So far, a proposal has been made to use gold and silver backing only in government economic dealings with foreign nations, and some other financial functions within the government. In addition, it has been proposed to use gold as collateral in any loans that Peru might need to take out in the future. In other news, the Peruvian government has sold off 10,000 square kilometers of rainforest to be cut down and sold as lumber. Once the deforestation of that land is complete, the land will then be transitioned over for use as farmland. This effort is sought so that the agricultural output of Peru would increase so that the population may maintain food security. In addition, more similar land sales are currently pending. In other news, the Peruvian Highway Act was recently passed and is expected to be signed by the President. This new law will expand transportation infrastructure in the form of a nation-wide highway. This highway will be built to connect as many towns, villages, and cities, as well as strategic areas in Peru. In other news, San Lorenzo Island, the island just off the coast of Lima, has been planned to be a district of Lima that shall be allocated to the estates of the Elite within Peru. A different plan for the same island in competition to the first plan, calls for the island to be a commercial hub with a large airport and commercial seaport. It is not yet clear which proposed plan will be approved.....That is all for today's news. Tune back in tomorrow for more Peruvian news broadcast."[/list]

Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Teymour

Liberalina wrote:[list]

[sup]NOVEMBER 1ST, 1954[/sup]

[sup]ЖУКОВ ОБРАЩАЕТСЯ.[/sup]

-

WHEN THE ROCKETS HIT THE WEST PT I

[sub]GERMANY, BERLIN — MORNING[/sub]

____

[/list]

| The ideological battle between capitalism and communism was most heated, since the start of the Cold War, in East and West Germany, and more specifically: Berlin. East Berlin was the shining capital of East Germany while West Berlin was a political enclave controlled by the West Germans. There was a perpetual fear among its residents that if war was to break out, it would start here, and perhaps they were right, there have certainly been scares. The Berlin Blockade for example upped the pressure when the Soviet Union blocked off West Berlin from all land routes, with the air being the sole way to get food, supplies and people into the city. The blockade never ended. The Soviet Union had well over 15,000 troops stationed in East Berlin, mostly to supplement the East Germans. The bulk of Soviet Forces were centered on the East German-West German border as Soviet military leadership was keenly aware that West Berlin could fall swiftly and without major Soviet help. On this specific day, Soviet forces in East Berlin, and more specifically the artillery forces were made aware of surprise exercises that would take place the following day; unfortunately not everyone received that message. A small unit consisting of 6 BM-13-16, or 96 rockets, each carrying a 18 pound warhead would unfortunately see their members drunk the night before, meaning they simply either failed to comprehend the message or they simply ignored it, or perhaps they forgot it all together. On this morning, the members of the unit sat at a table, eating their rations which consisted of buckwheat soup, canned ham, coffee, tea, and other various things they could scrounge together from local stores. |

[list]

[sup]| MEMBER #1: |[/sup][sup] "I think its about time they send us home, don't you think?"[/sup]

[sup]| MEMBER #2 |[/sup][sup] "Agreed, a year is long enough, our tour should end already."[/sup]

[/list]

| The combat radio suddenly began to buzz and "commands" were issued to their unit, ordering them to fire their rockets at will in the direction of West Berlin. In reality, they would perform all the steps but stop short of igniting the rockets, however, they were unaware of this, and thus they took it as a real command. |

[list]

[sup]| MEMBER #1 |[/sup][sup] "Is this for real?"[/sup]

[sup]| MEMBER #2 |[/sup][sup] "Why would it not? Get inside the truck, lets get these rockets fired. I'm going to gather the rest of the unit.[/sup]

[/list]

| Everyone began to rush into position, unaware that exercises were occurring today. And within minutes 96 rockets carrying 18 pound warheads were fired into West Berlin. Soviet and East German troops alike would either hear the rockets firing or see them streak across the sky en route to West Berlin. This accidental firing could very well start a war, it would take quick judgement on account of the East Germans and the Soviet troops to avoid it. Word would eventually get around that an accidental firing occurred, and now the question was how fast could the Soviets inform the Americans, the French, the British and the West Germans of the nature of the accident before they retaliate, or was it already too late, after all, well over 10 minutes had passed and there was no chance they were to believe them. At best, it was possible these would simply remain border skirmishes. |

[list]____

[sup]MENTIONS[/sup]

Czabalkia

Not Xav

Shamalistan

___

[list][list]1 November 1954 - Reinickendorf, French Sector, Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany

BATTLE OF BERLIN, 1954[/list][/list]

| The sudden firing of Soviet rockets into Western Berlin sets off alerts across the three allied-occupied sectors of the city. In the French sector, consisting of the districts of Reinickendorf, Wedding, and Gesundbrunnen, approximately 23 of the Soviet's 96 rockets fell, with the rest being dispersed across the British and American sectors. The rockets fall well within the city, from their launch platforms in Pankow, striking mostly civilian buildings and a single German Territorial Forces armory causing light damage to the armory but heavy civilian casualties. Immediately after the strike, first responders are dispatched to the affected areas to put out fires and pull survivors and the dead out of the flaming rubble. Among the buildings struck and damaged by the barrage are the Segenskirche, a nearby deli, a bank, and an auto shop. |

| Within minutes of the strike, President de Gaulle is informed via the chain of command that the Soviets had shelled Western Berlin. The President had already been informed of an attack staged by Algerian militants in Algiers and had been meeting with chief military and political figures regarding Algeria when he is informed of the attack in Berlin by an aid to Général de Brigade Jean Claud Batutu, head of French Forces in Berlin. In a fit of rage upon hearing of the second attack on France in just one day, de Gaulle throws his hands into the air, shouting: |

[list]"Damnit all, let's show them what France is capable of."[/list]

| Without hesitation, de Gaulle gives orders to the French Forces in Berlin to immediately retaliate against Soviet positions in East Berlin. Around sixteen minutes after the shelling, six M41 Gorilla Howitzers within the French sector are ordered to respond by shelling across the division into Pankow. During this shelling, two companies of French infantry and two of the German Territorial Forces engage directly with East German and Soviet forces on the border between Wittenau in the West and Wilhelmsruh in the East. The four companies, comprising 480 soldiers in total, engage the Soviet and East German soldiers on the border with rifles, machine guns, and infantry mortars. They are backed up by four M24 Chaffee tanks, which standby but do not engage Soviet positions. Somewhat disorganized, the infantrymen are ordered to push the Soviet forces on the border back and continue the offensive 'to the Lutherkirche', just short of a mile away from the border between Wittenau and Wilhelmsruh. |

| While this skirmish begins and the shelling continues, G.T.F. and French Army forces in West Germany and West Austria are ordered into emergency mobilization. The German 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th Armies are mobilized into forward positions along the border between the Federal Republic and the Soviet Occupied Zone while units of the 1st and 2nd French Armies are stationed behind the German Territorial Forces should deployment be authorized. The French Air Forces and the German Territorial Air Forces are put on standby, with 12 Dassault Mystère IVs being deployed from FAFB Wolfsburg to cross over the German border and fly to Berlin. |

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Suuvla, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-

[list][list]15 February 1955 - Baghdad, Kingdom of Iraq

KING FAISAL II DEAD AT 19

NATION IN MOURNING

SUCCESSION CRISIS IN IRAQ

| The nation's worst fears have been realized this morning as, at 4:55 A.M., al-Wahlid Military Hospital confirmed the death of King Faisal II of Iraq at age 19 after suffering traumatic injuries in a car accident two days ago on the evening of February 13th. King Faisal and an anonymous friend were struck by a large truck while driving the King's luxurious 1950 Oldsmobile 88 Fastback in Baghdad, which resulted in both Faisal and his friend being hospitalized at al-Wahlid Military Hospital. The King's condition was initially reported as stable, but eventually his condition was listed as seriously critical with the King in a coma. The hospital confirmed his death at the time of 4:50 A.M. this morning due to the complications of the trauma in the car accident while His Majesty's passenger's condition is still listed as critical as well. |

| Since the evening of 13 February, after His Majesty's hospitalization was confirmed, Crown Prince 'Abd al-Ilah has resumed his position as Regent of Iraq in the stead of His Majesty Faisal II, a position he held during His Majesty's youth from 1939 to 1953. With the death of his Majesty, Crown Prince 'Abd al-Ilah has issued a week of mourning for the whole nation and has, per the rules of succession, announced his coronation as set to occur a week after His Majesty's funeral- however, for all legal and political purposes, Crown Prince 'Abd al-Ilah will serve as King 'Abd al-Ilah indefinitely from today forwards. However, the Crown Prince's ascension to the throne has not been met without issue, as His Majesty's great uncle Prince Zeid bin Hussein has stepped forward as the true successor to the throne as the brother of late King Faisal I. |

| Following the announcement of the King's death, Baghdad has been overwhelmed by mourners and loyalists taking to the streets to display shock and grief over the young King's death. Outside of the al-Wahlid Military Hospital, a crowd of nearly 4,000 gathered to mourn the dead King. In cities such as Al-Najaf, Erbil and Mosul, however, some demonstrators have staged movements mocking and even celebrating Faisal II's passing, all of which have been countered by heavy police presence. In al-Najaf alone, two demonstrators were arrested and a police officer injured. |

| As Crown Prince 'Abd al-Ilah prepares for his ascension to the throne, he has retreated from the public entirely to meet with important state and military officials within al-Zuhoor Palace to begin solidifying his reign. Among these include General Omar Ali, the members of King Faisal II's cabinet, and the mayor of Baghdad proper. |

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Teymour

[list][list]MARCH 1955

BAGHDAD, HASHEMITE KINGDOM OF IRAQ

Iraq Devolves Into Succession Crisis

Civil Conflict In Baghdad[/list][/list]

| Baghdad has been drowned with gunfire this month as the Hashemite Kingdom has descended into a state of civil strife. Since the death of King Faisal II and the coronation of Crown Prince 'Abd al-Ilah as King 'Abd al-Ilah I of Iraq, various units of the Royal Iraqi Army have refused to recognize the legitimacy of King 'Abd al-Ilah I and have, instead, sided with the late King Faisal II's great uncle Prince Zeid bin Hussein and his claim to the throne of Iraq. Various units of infantry in Baghdad and al-Ramadi have resisted the acceptance of King 'Abd al-Ilah's rule and have proclaimed their allegiance solely to Prince Zeid bin Hussein. |

| Fighting erupted in Baghdad early on March 19th after a column of Zeidists launched an assault on a Legitimist garrison within Baghdad. The fighting resulted in the death of two Iraqi Army soldiers within the Legitimist camp, and an unknown amount of casualties for the Zeidists. Other conflicts have occurred between Zeidist army units and civilian supporters and supporters of King 'Abd al-Ilah I in other major cities across Iraq, however the Zeidists have seized mostly full control of al-Ramadi, Karbala, and some districts on the western edges of Baghdad. King 'Abd al-Ilah has called the Zeidists 'a treacherous bunch' and has stated that he will not hesitate to use the full force of the Iraqi Army against the Zeidists. |

| Prince Zeid, hiding somewhere in either al-Ramadi or Karbala, has yet to make any public comments since the Zeidist uprising which took control of Karbala on March 13th. King 'Abd al-Ilah, already familiar with Iraq's military and political institutions from his time as regent for King Faisal II, has largely managed to keep most of the army within his camp and effectively deploy it against the Zeidists. However, the inability to recapture al-Ramadi or Karbala from the Zeidists has somewhat weakened the King's credibility in Iraq, especially among his supporters in the contested areas of Baghdad. |

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour

░▒▓█ June 1954, Huế Municipality, Imperial State of Vietnam █▓▒░

[sub]The Imperium launched Operation Lan Xang (Chiến Dịch Triệu Voi) in Laos.[/sub]

[sub]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------[/sub]

[sub][pre]A NECESSARY INTERVENTION[/pre][/sub]

[sub]"Gentlemen, I can promise all of you one thing ! These communists will go home, but in body-bags !"[/sub]

[sub] - Nguyễn Đăng Quang, Colonel of the 51st Mechanized Guards Regiment -[/sub]

[sub]The year was 1947, in his request for Congress's approval of American intervention in the Greek Civil War, US President Harry S. Truman proposed a concept called the Domino Theory, which posited that if one country in a region turned to communism, then the surrounding countries would follow suit. From aboard, the theory was introduced to the the top-notch of the Imperial Administration and rapidly popularized in the early 1950s, which led to the creation of the Policy of Containment.[/sub]

[sub]Policy of Containment's Five Principles :[/sub]

[list][sub][*]Search and destroy Communist cells operating within the national boundary of Vietnam.[/sub]

[sub][*]Provide supports for other SEA countries in their struggle against communist insurgents.[/sub]

[sub][*]Cut any tie with any organization and government that expresses extreme leftist beliefs.[/sub]

[sub][*]Military intervention in a foreign country is acceptable in case of a communist insurgency.[/sub]

[sub][*]Negotiation is preferable over violence, only use the alternative under dire circumstances.[/sub]

[/list]

[sub]In June 1954, Operation Lan Xang was launched as an Imperium's attempt to prevent the Laotian Civil War, which broke out 6 months ago, from escalating further. Subsequently, the 1st Division (Sư Đoàn I) was detached from 1st Corps (Quân Đoàn I) of the Imperial Army of Vietnam (Quân Đội Hoàng Gia Việt Nam) and is currently on the move from Thừa Thiên Province of Vietnam to the rally point at Savannakhét Province in Southern Laos, carrying thousand of personnel and equipment. With the 1st Division under the command of Major General Nguyễn Văn Xuân, an ex-colonial-solider within the French Armed Forces that has served through both World Wars, Emperor Bảo Đại believed the fight would be over before March of 1955, a message that he proudly boasted to King Sisavang Phoulivong during a conference at Vientiane, Kingdom of Laos.[/sub]

[spoiler=Composition of Force][sub]1st Division ~ 29,300 personnel.[/sub]

[list][sub][*]Commander : Major General Nguyễn Văn Xuân.[/sub][/list]

[list][sub][*]11st Motorized Guards Regiment ~ 5,300 personnel.[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]Commander : Colonel Lê Quốc Công.[/sub]

[sub][*]28th Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]29th Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]30th Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]31st Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]22nd Motorized Artillery Battalion.[/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][sub][*]12nd Motorized Guards Regiment ~ 5,300 personnel.[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]Commander : Colonel Nguyễn Phú Thuận.[/sub]

[sub][*]32nd Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]33rd Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]34th Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]35th Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]23rd Motorized Artillery Battalion.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub][*]13rd Motorized Guards Regiment ~ 5,300 personnel.[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]Commander : Colonel Trương Thịnh Phát.[/sub]

[sub][*]36st Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]37st Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]38st Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]39st Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]24th Motorized Artillery Battalion.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub][*]51st Mechanized Guards Regiment ~ 6,000 personnel.[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]Commander : Colonel Nguyễn Đăng Quang.[/sub]

[sub][*]1st Mechanized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]2nd Mechanized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]3rd Mechanized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]4th Mechanized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]5th Mechanized Guards Battalion.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub][*]22nd Distant Engagement Regiment ~ 3,900 personnel.[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]Commander : Colonel Quách Thành Nhân.[/sub]

[sub][*]40th Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]41st Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]11st Motorized Artillery Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]12nd Motorized Artillery Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]13rd Motorized Artillery Battalion.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub][*]18th Combat Support Regiment ~ 3,500 personnel.[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]Commander : Colonel Đinh Việt Khoa.[/sub]

[sub][*]42nd Motorized Guards Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]1st Engineer Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]1st Medical Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]1st Logistical Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]1st Messenger Battalion.[/sub]

[sub][*]1st Technical Battalion.[/sub][/list][/list][/spoiler]

[spoiler=Equipment and Vehicles][list][sub][*]About 2,260 utility vehicles belong to various models :[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*] Harley-Davidson WLA.[/sub]

[sub][*]Trucks of Dodge WC series.[/sub]

[sub][*]Trucks of Berliet GLR series.[/sub]

[sub][*]Half-Tracks of M2, M3 and M5 family.[/sub]

[sub][*]M3 Scout Car and variants.[/sub]

[sub][*]SOMUA MCG Half-Track.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub][*]About 120 armored cars belong to various models :[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]M8 Light Armored Car "Greyhound".[/sub]

[sub][*]T17E1 Light Armored Car "Staghound".[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub][*]About 25 light tanks belong to various models :[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]M24 Light Tank "Chaffee".[/sub]

[sub][*]Hotchkiss H35 Light Tank.[/sub]

[sub][*]Light Tanks of M3 and M5 family.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][sub][*]About 400 pieces of artillery belong to various models :[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub][*]25mm Hotchkiss Model 1934.[/sub]

[sub][*]75mm Schneider Model 1912.[/sub]

[sub][*]75mm Schneider Model 1914.[/sub]

[sub][*]105mm Schneider Model 1913.[/sub]

[sub][*]120mm Schneider Model 1915.[/sub]

[sub][*]155mm Schneider Model 1917.[/sub][/list][/list][/spoiler]

[sub]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------[/sub]

[sub]Note 1 : Sorry for any grammar mistake ![/sub]

[sub]Note 2 : The 1st Division will now be under the care of Miwok- ![/sub]

[sub]Note 3 : The Imperium is an alternative name for the Imperial State of Vietnam.[/sub]

[sub]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------[/sub]

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Otsla, Liberalina, Czabalkia, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Pacifica Occidentalis

[list]MARCH 1955

GENEVA, U.N HEADQUARTERS — EUROPE[/list]

[list][list][sub][pre]وطن - عمل - استقلال

Homeland - Labour - Independence

FOREIGN MINISTER ABBAS SOHLIYEH ADDRESSES THE UNITED NATIONS[/pre][/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][sub]"The world has changed dramatically since I last addressed you in this format. Indeed, global events have forced many of us, as representatives of our countries, to reflect on our policies and formulate a plan to adapt this crucial international body to a fluctuating diplomatic and political scene. When I addressed you in 1948 I emphasized numerous topics and issues as paramount priorities for the United Nations. Chief among them is the matter of Palestine. I predicted that the ill-conceived partition plan, based on sectarian identities would lead to an unavoidable conflict. Over 400 towns in the former territory of Palestine have been depopulated since 1949. Up to a million of Palestine’s Arab’s have been thrown out of their homes and into the desert. Now they are refugees, residing in Egypt, Jordan, Syria, Lebanon and elsewhere, serving as a constant reminder that the only solution to the conflict in Palestine is a state based on democracy, territorial unity and non-sectarianism."[/sub]

[sub]"We must agree that the Palestinians are as deserving of the same legal rights and opportunities to organize themselves as a community as all other peoples. Why then has the reaction from the international community been so muted? We have seen an army pillage, burn and depopulate an entire society before our eyes, yet why am I the only delegate speaking about this matter? Are the rights of the victims of [the massacre of] Deir Yassin, to be disregarded because we have simply decided that the principles of the United Nations are bendable? This is unacceptable. The United Nations was founded on a simple principle. To uphold the rights of all, yet within the span of these years we have failed to do that. We have failed the people of Palestine, and we will eventually pay a price in the form of Palestinian resentment. I ask that the international community redeem itself from these disasters. We must finally acknowledge our responsibilities to the Palestinians and to all other people who as of this session, cannot advocate on the behalf of themselves. To all those nation’s and people who have yet to be represented here, they must know that Egypt is the strongest advocate for their rights. All other countries have remained silent on these matters, but we have stood up to say that the United Nations cannot function with the absence of any country from its forums."[/sub]

[sub]"Another important matter which we must analyze are the recent actions of the Soviet Union in Berlin. The Soviet leadership has shown no hesitation in undermining the welfare of the people of Berlin, the stability of Europe and therefore global peace. I implore the United Nations, its institutions and all its members, to follow in our example and condemn this dangerous behaviour and seek to hold the Soviet Union to account. From Korea to Germany we have observed these actions, their destructive consequences and how they lack any disciplined reasoning. Egypt calls upon the Soviet Union to cease its blatant aggression and upon our Atlantic allies to continue to uphold international stability and act in the interest of civilian safety. To conclude, it is evidenced to us, that the militarization of Berlin will continue to cause further confrontations, and is therefore an unsustainable practice which the United Nations must unify against."

[/sub]

- ABBAS SOHLIYEH[/list]

[/list]

[list][pre]1955 RESOLUTION ON EXPANDING THE UNITED NATIONS[/pre][/list]

[list][list][pre]The General Assembly,

SPONSORS: Republic of Egypt[/pre]

[sub][pre]Recognizing, the establishment of newly independent states and communities entitled to fair international representation within the framework of the United Nations, per the UN charter and its commitment to represent all nation’s of the global community.[/pre][/sub]

[sub][pre]1.[/pre] [pre]Resolved to admit the following state’s as full-member states of the United Nations General Assembly: People's Socialist Republic of Albania, Republic of Austria, People's Republic of Bulgaria, Kingdom of Cambodia, Hellenic Republic of Cyprus, Republic of Finland, Federal Republic of Germany, German Democratic Republic, Republic of Ghana, People's Republic of Hungary, Republic of Italy, Japanese Republic, Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, Republic of Kenya, Kingdom of Laos, United Kingdom of Libya, Kingdom of Nepal, Republic of Portugal, Republic of Palestine (Gaza), Republic of Korea, Spanish State and the Empire of Vietnam.[/pre][/sub] [/list][/list]

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kiger, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-

The netherlands is split

[sub]1955 februar| in the southern part of the netherlands [/sub]

The southern part of the netherlands is up in arms as major religion splits and angerment over the ineffective foreign policy is high in the South people demand that the battle over Germany isn't one thought by a smaller nation. The anger is also doubled over the fact that many people thought that the government would have annexed the netherlands but because the anti French government that has been ruined too and the plan that the president did helped the nation but many say it didn't help the nation enough. But trough the help programs and the free national railway and the helping of industry's the people on the North are still majorly for the government. But the people in the south are being Slowely radicalised what started out as peaceful protest has Slowely evolved to big mobs forming and plundering churches. The second problem. Pro monarchist fascist and communist groups are rising and while the communists and fascist are not well liked the monarchist do pose a threat but the king himself even outright said that he wouldn't help the revelution this hasn't stopped it from spreading. And then there is the small minority of Germans in the South East that have seen pro german annexation sentiment but most see it that they wouldnt be able to do it because Frances interfierence. And while the netherlands is splitting itself there is one thing that can hold it toghether the King and the foreign embassy Mr schlieffen who was a war hero. And Slowely the government is even thinking about making bigger states that have a littel bit of sovereignty so they can protect their culture but the Staate isn't sure if this would make more pro freedom sentiment or would help bring everyone trough differences toghether

It would work like this the state would have say in some things but the government and the state need to compromise in something

Or the state could have say in something that the centralised government couldn't change this is highly unlikely and other ideas may be used instead

Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Czabalkia, Kartnan

Oh look ! The Z-Day has arrived !

Maharatta

Yall needs learn how to use spoilers lmao

Maharatta

Hello!

(It's me, Pacifica Occidentalis. I'll be using this account for China RPs from now on.)

Liberalina, Czabalkia

Post by Czabalkia suppressed by a moderator.

Gaia Major wrote:Hello!

(It's me, Pacifica Occidentalis. I'll be using this account for China RPs from now on.)

Sounds good!

Xinzostan wrote:Yall needs learn how to use spoilers lmao

You need to learn to just be polite chief u feel me?

Xinzostan, Maharatta

Xinzostan wrote:Yall needs learn how to use spoilers lmao

https://www.nationstates.net/nation=xinzostan/detail=factbook/id=1454606

With factbooks as brainless as this, don't think you should be talking

Teujira, Czabalkia

Miwok- wrote:https://www.nationstates.net/nation=xinzostan/detail=factbook/id=1454606

With factbooks as brainless as this, don't think you should be talking

And what does my draft factbook have to do with this? Changing the subject are we

Your doing what's called Whataboutism

Xinzostan wrote:And what does my draft factbook have to do with this? Changing the subject are we

Your doing what's called Whataboutism

Literally who even are you? Like gtfo you troll

Teujira, Miwok-, The Reunified German Reich, Xinzostan, Maharatta

Czabalkia wrote:Literally who even are you? Like gtfo you troll

I'm not trolling, I'm being serious.

Xinzostan wrote:And what does my draft factbook have to do with this? Changing the subject are we

Your doing what's called Whataboutism

We're not debating politics here spazz, you're just a troll and it's pretty clear.

Teujira, Czabalkia

A moderator just visited us ? The hell ?

Maharatta

Post self-deleted by Xinzostan.

oh hi

please endorse me

Maharatta

Naribobastan wrote:oh hi

please endorse me

No

Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Maharatta

[list][list]UN Meeting 1955[/list][/list]

[list]"Hello, I am the representative from Peru. I would like to propose the following proposal, titled, 'the Protocols for Protections in War', as an addendum and extension to the provisions of the Geneva Conventions. This new proposal shall expand wartime protections so that the affects of warfare can be minimized on those who are uninvolved as well as those unwillingly involved in war. Each protocol has provisions that shall protect various groups of people from being harmed by international conflicts and warfare. This is by no means a comprehensive list, but rather a list that which is meant as a groundwork for any future groups and peoples which may also need similar protections. I have distributed a copy of the proposed resolution to each of you for convenience, so that I need not read out the entire resolution. You may note that some provisions may seem redundant, but are actually there to cover some ground that another provision did not cover by its wording."[/list]

____________________

The Protocols for Protections in War

Protocol 1: Protections for Victims of Conflicts

[list]1) The Act of Perfidy, acting in bad faith in regards to armistices, treaties, and offers of peace, shall be prohibited;

2) The use and intent to use false-flag operations during war or with the intent to cause war, shall be prohibited;

3) The attack against places of worship and/or cultural importance shall not be permitted, except in the case provided by provision 4;

4) The use of a place of worship or cultural importance for military staging storage, or operations;

5) The use of child soldiers, soldiers that are less than 15 years old, shall be prohibited;

6) The use of military force against unarmed medical personnel shall be prohibited;

7) The use of military force against an uninvolved civilian, especially those unarmed, shall be prohibited;

8) The use of biological, chemical, and nuclear weapons, due to their massive destructive capacity and difficulty to contain, shall be prohibited from use and testing;

9) The use of medical facilities, schools, and other civilian facilities to house and protect military weapons for military use shall be prohibited; and

10) The use of military force against non-hostile civilians shall be prohibited.[/list]

Protocol 2: Protections for Commerce during Conflicts

[list]1) The obstruction of commerce between civilians within a waring country shall not be permitted;

2) Civilian commerce by a warring nation to and from a nation not involved in the same conflict shall not be obstructed;

3) No military force may purposefully cause damage to or destruction of civilian commercial or financial assets during war;

4) No trade with or from a warring nation may be obstructed, except that which has a military purpose, such as weapons or military equipment; and

5) No business or entity may be punished for conducting commerce or financial interactions with any civilian enterprise or entity nation, regardless of wartime or peacetime status, excluding those which are providing arms or military support to the warring nation.[/list]

Protocol 3: Protections of International Non-combatants during War.

[list]1) Journalists, especially those unarmed and identified by an international body, shall not be subjected to hostile military force;

2) Medical Personnel, especially those unarmed and identified by an international body, shall not be subjected to hostile military force;

3) Tourists, unarmed and uninvolved in the conflict willingly, shall not be subject to hostile military force; and

4) Any groups identified in provisions 1, 2, and 3, shall not be subjected to cruel or inhumane treatment nor torture, and must be allowed to return to his or her home country if imprisoned for violating the above provisions.[/list]

Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Teymour

[list][list]~ 𝐒𝐘𝐑𝐈𝐀 𝐎𝐕𝐄𝐑 𝐓𝐇𝐄 𝐘𝐄𝐀𝐑𝐒 ~

🇦‌ 🇸‌🇺‌🇲‌🇲‌🇦‌🇷‌🇾‌ 🇴‌🇫‌ 🇮‌🇲‌🇵‌🇴‌🇷‌🇹‌🇦‌🇳‌🇹‌ 🇪‌🇻‌🇪‌🇳‌🇹‌🇸‌[/list][/list]

[sup]In 1949, Chief of Staff Husni al-Za'im, alongside other officers began plotting to overthrow Kamal's government after the President refused to approve the Trans-Arabian Pipeline and his inability to effectively solve the Palestinian refugee crisis. Another factor was Za'im's rivalry with Prime Minister Jamil Mardam Bey who blamed Za'im for the failure of the war on Israel. Mardam Bey also clashed with the officers, accusing Chief of Staff Husni al-Za'im of inefficiency in battle and calling for his dismissal from office. Brigadier General Husni al-Za'im who was chief of the general staff had been playing with the idea of a military coup since the end of the Arab-Israeli War but began getting serious about overthrowing the government when he was encouraged by the CIA to take action. The CIA feared that Syria under the leadership of Kamal would descend into a Civil War as the Kamal administration proved weak and ineffective at maintaining order in the country.[/sup]

[sup]Initially, Za'im planned to carry the coup out and establish himself into power but changed his mind and opted to give Shukri al-Quwatli the presidency, with certain conditions. Quwatli still firmly believing the elections had been rigged, accepted Za'im's offer. The final motivation for Za'im to take action came when anti-Mardam Bey riots took over Syria, the prime minister responded with force, declaring martial law, appointing himself military governor, and arresting prominent critics like Michel Aflaq. He then ordered the army to keep order on the streets and had many demonstrators arrested in Damascus and Aleppo. Kamal would attempt to stop Mardam's abuse of power but found himself bending the knee as he himself began abusing power by ordering the arrest of Officer Anwar Bannud who had commanded the Arab Liberation Army, a secret army which was created by the Syrian Military without the involvement of the civilian government. On the 12th of December, Al-Za'im met with several military officers to convince them to join his plot to overthrow the government. He ended up choosing four military officers to help his cause, the first being Anwar Bannud himself who was imprisoned but still able to communicate with Za'im, second was Colonel Sami al-Hinnawi, thirdly lieutenant colonel Adib Shishakli, and Colonel Fawzi Selu, a close friend of Za'im.[/sup]

[sup]After some time on the 27th of March 1949, the officers would meet in secret at Homs to finalize the plans for their coup. This group of conspirators would be known as the Homs Conspiracy. On the 29th of March, the coup would be initiated, the coup however became chaotic and the whole of Damascus became a battlefield of Kamalist Loyalists vs the Homs Conspirators. On the fifth day, Kamal's government would be brought down after Lieutenant Colonel Adib Shishakli infiltrated the ranks of the Kamalist loyalists and betrayed them by turning the whole city garrison on Kamal. Kamal would be arrested alongside Mardam in the Tishreen Palace, he would be forced to resign in return for his safety and that of his family/political allies. But Za'im had other plans, and on the 6th day, Kamal alongside Mardam would be escorted to Mezzeh prison with the purpose of being exiled the next day to Egypt. Mardam however, was redirected to the Damascus Citadel, there he would be tortured to death by General Bannud's men as an act of revenge. Kamal would be brought to the Mezzeh, but he was not to leave the prison alive as upon arriving he was immediately gun downed by his escort. He was shot 19 times in the back and his body would not be returned to his family until Quwatli himself interfered in the matter. Kamal would be buried in the Medin Cemetery in his home city of Aleppo. In history books, the coup would dubbed the Homs Revolution and celebrated. While Kamal's name and image would be slandered in the books that portrayed him as a fool and a despot.[/sup]

[sup]On the 2nd of April, 1949, Shukri al-Quwatli was inaugurated as President of the Syrian Republic. Upon getting into power, one of the first things al-Quwatli did was ban the People's Party (Kamals Party) from the Government, allow Palestinian refugee's into Syria and passed a Syrian Constitution drafted by a committee under Ibrahim Hananu. For the first few months of Quwatli Presidency, things seemed to be going well, that was until Quwatli just like Kamal refused to pass a resolution that would allow for the construction of the Trans-Arabian Pipeline. Which angered Za'im and the Americans. Quwatli would also seeked to build stronger relations with the Soviet Union which only ended up with the CIA fearing a possible communist takeover of Syria. So once again, CIA agent Stephen Meade who was close to Za'im encouraged him to overthrow the government. Which Za'im did on the 30th of March 1950, just like he did with Kamal. But unlike the disaster of the last coup, Za'im took extra steps to assure the events of the Homs Revolution would not repeat. The coup commenced at 2:30 a.m. on March 30, and proved to be "a masterpiece of military planning, bloodless apart from the deaths of three bodyguards attached to a government minister." Quwatli, ill with "a gastric ulcer and heart complaint," was arrested in hospital by one of six military units that ferreted through Damascus, systematically capturing key government buildings. The Syrian national anthem, and a message from Za'im announcing the change in government, began playing over the radio near dawn. Four days after the coup that overthrew democratic rule the Syrian government ratified the controversial Trans-Arabian Pipeline (Tapline) deal.[/sup]

[sup]Syria's President, Shukri al-Quwatli, was briefly imprisoned, but then released into exile in Egypt. Al-Za'im also imprisoned many political leaders. The coup was carried out with discreet backing of the American embassy and was assisted by the Syrian Social Nationalist Party (SSNP), although al-Za'im himself is not known to have been a member. Among the officers that assisted al-Za'im's takeover was Adib al-Shishakli and Sami al-Hinnawi were secretly connected to the SSNP. Upon getting into power Za'im surprisingly enacted secular policies and proposals for the emancipation of women through granting them the vote and suggesting they should give up the Islamic practice of veiling, created a stir among Muslim religious leaders. Raising taxes also aggrieved businessmen, and Arab nationalists were still smoldering over his signing of a cease-fire with Israel, as well as his deals with US oil companies for building the Trans-Arabian Pipeline. He made a peace overture to Israel offering to settle 300,000 Palestinian refugees in Syria, in exchange for border modifications along the cease-fire line and half of Israel's Lake Tiberias. Settling the refugees was made conditional on sufficient outside assistance for the Syrian economy. Even with all these "achievements", Za'im's regime was generally unpopular with the public. In an attempt to counter this, Za'im decided to invite SSNP leader, Antoun Saadeh, into the government in an attempt to legitimize himself. Za'im unofficially joined the SSNP and allowed its party members to take positions within the government. One of the first things done in this new cabinet was the banning of the Syrian Communist Party. Its leadership once imprisoned was executed in the Mezzah Prison. However, relations between Za'im and Saadeh declined as both feared the other potentially plotting against them. Za'im eventually had Saadeh arrested and was preparing to extradite him to Lebanon where he would surely be executed by the authorities for his previous attempts to overthrow the government. Colonel Sami al-Hinnawi and Lieutenant Colonel Adib al-Shishakli immediatly reacted, overthrowing Za'im overnight.[/sup]

[sup]On August 14th, 1951, Colonel Sami al-Hinnawi and Lieutenant Colonel Adib al-Shishakli overthrew Za'im. After the coup, al-Hinnawi swiftly ordered al-Za'im, Prime Minister Muhsin al-Barazi, and General Anwar Bannud to be brought to Mezze prison in Damascus, where they were executed via firing squad in the prison courtyard. Colonel al-Hinnawi would become President for only one day, allowing Hashim al-Atassi to take the Presidency, Hinnawi even unbanned the People's Party from politics as a show of goodwill. Atassi however, was only a figurehead, and the real power laid with Saadeh who was made Minister of the Interior. The SSNP also held high positions within the government and military which further demonstrated to Atassi how little power he actually held. It got to a point where Saadeh and the Military would just give orders to Atassi. Atassi came into conflict with the politicians of Damascus for supporting the interests of the Aleppo nobility and their desire to unite with Iraq. He supported the People's Party of Aleppo and appointed its leader Nazim al-Qudsi as prime minister. The party was vehemently pro-Iraq and sought a union with Baghdad. One of the Atassi administration's most memorable actions was the closure of Syria's border with Lebanon to prevent the rampant influx of Lebanese goods into Syria.[/sup]

[sup]Atassi received senior Iraqi leaders in Damascus, including Crown Prince Abd al-Illah and Faisal II of Iraq, for technical discussions on the union. This angered Syria's emerging military strongman Adib Shishakli and the SSNP, who claimed that the Hashemite family of Baghdad should have no jurisdiction over Damascus. Shishakli demanded a change in course, yet Atassi remained adamant and refused to submit to military pressure. In response, Shishakli arrested Atassi's Chief of Staff Sami al-Hinnawi and several pro-Iraqi officers in the Syrian Army. He then demanded that one of his right-hand-men, Colonel Fawzi Selu, be appointed Minister of Defense, to ensure that pro-Iraqi influence in Syria remained under control. Fearing a head-on-clash with the military, Atassi reluctantly accepted the demands. In December 1951, however, President Atassi asked Maarouf al-Dawalibi, another member of the People's Party, to form a cabinet. Dawalibi accepted the job but refused to give the defense portfolio to Fawzi Selu. As a result, Shishakli launched another coup, arresting the prime minister and all members of the People's Party. All ministers and pro-Hashemite statesmen were also abducted, and Parliament was dissolved. In protest, President Atassi presented his resignation to the disbanded Parliament, refusing to submit it to Shishakli or Saadeh, on 24 December 1951. Pleased to get rid of this stubborn nationalist, who rejected military intervention in political affairs, Shishakli made his allies such as Selu the Chief-of-Staff of the Army/Minister of Defense, Fares al-Saad the Prime Minister, and Antun Saadeh the Head of State. But in effect, the real power lay in the hands of Adib al-Shishakli.[/sup]

[sup]Shishakli then dissolved all political parties in a return to one-party military rule. He banned a number of newspapers and outlawed all newspapers that were not pro-Shishakli. Among those to suffer persecution under his rule were the National Party of Damascus, the People's Party of Aleppo, the Baath Party, and the Syrian Muslim Brotherhood. Only leaving the SSNP as the last legal party of Syria. He also banished the Baath leaders Akram al-Hawrani, Michel Aflaq, and Salah al-Bitar to Lebanon, where they then actively worked against his regime. Shishakli also changed the flag of Syria and made the SSNP party flag the official state flag. Saddeh also passed a resolution that removed Humat ad-Diyar as the national anthem in exchange for "Ya biladi ainhadi" (O Arise my Country). The SSNP at this point reached the heights of its power as it was now the sole party of Syria. Its membership skyrocketed to about 6,000 members and Saddeh would see his cult of personality grow more immense. This would not go unnoticed by Shishakli and soon enough the two began distrusting each other. It came to a climax when in mid-1953 Shishakli staged an election to make himself President. Saddeh himself wanted to take the presidency which only created further tension between the two.[/sup]

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Suuvla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1411217

Teujira, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Teymour

[list]NOVEMBER 1953

CAIRO, EGYPT — MIDDLE EAST[/list]

[list][list][sub][pre]وطن - عمل - استقلال

The Homeland - Labour - Independence

THE FIRST STEPS[/pre][/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][sub]"Citizens, members of the National Assembly. A new hope has been bestowed to all of us to end the suffering of the nation. The people of Egypt have entrusted us to implement these reforms immediately and without hesitation. We recognize the immense importance of our duties and actions in restoring the beliefs of the great Republican Revolution and correcting past mistakes and unfair practices. My fellow citizens, my fellow Egyptian workers. I come from among your ranks. I was one of you and I was standing right beside you during the great crisis of 1948, where we fought heroically against treason with our brothers in Palestine. Then progressively and thanks to my perseverance, by educating myself and enduring great difficulty, I hauled myself up ! But deep down I remained the same, all this struggle and pain over the years was all for the same goal! You my fellow countrymen, must rise up to seize rights, your own independence and liberty! When we look back and observe our history and beliefs we feel ashamed of how we live today. Our people had to suffer immensely due to corruption and unfair policies, when millions of people were robbed of everything they had worked for in their entire lives. Yet, our revolutions and struggles have demonstrated that we as a people are capable of accomplishing amazing goals, through our will, through our unity, through our knowledge and talent. Through such efforts, all of Egypt shall be pulled into a thriving era, where the needs of everyone will be given equal weight and consideration. Educated or Uneducated, Rich or Poor, we shall all bring ourselves up the ranks to reclaim the ideals of our revolution. Surely the time will come when you can again proudly state that you are Egyptian."[/sub]

- JAMAL ABDEL NASSER[/list]

[/list]

[list][sub]With the goal of maintaining the still fragile political situation, Nasser approaches state duties with an expected heavy momentum, positioning himself as a President for all Egyptians, irrespective of their wealth, class and background. In many ways this rhetoric is part of the long shadow cast by the nostalgia of the Republican Revolution, which united a wide array of political and social forces into a cohesive activist bloc. The government’s hope is to replicate such a feeling and channel it to reshape Egypt in their own ideological image. With high public support, Nasser attained the strength and legitimacy to begin pushing forward his own policies. However, he quickly fell into a problem. While Egypt’s past governments had relied on an elite of business figures to financially support the state’s programs, it is unlikely that this would continue under Nasser. This political-economic class had grown deeply hostile to the President as a consequence of him waging a campaign of left-leaning economic populism. This new political reality has opened up a challenge: where will the money come from? This was especially critical to Nasser, not only to the clear obscuring the lack of financial credit posed to his social reforms, but also for the army. The military establishment had detested the social upheaval and backlash caused by the Party & Nation Revolution and had seen in Nasser, an opportunity to remedy such economic consequences. Furthermore, the army had been locked in competition with business elites over political influence since 1950, and desired to deliver the knockout blow through Nasser's victory. Therefore, even if the staunchly anti-establishment Nasser wished for assistance from the economic oligarchy, he would likely be unable to pursue such, due to conflicting military interests.[/sub]

[sub]These combined factors placed the Nasser presidency in a difficult position from the very beginning of its existence. But Nasser was determined to find his salvation. The chosen approach was risky yet innovative, aimed at solving two problems at once. The National Assembly issued a decree to form the state-owned ‘Egypt Construction Development Group’. With the intention that it will build new low-cost public housing in a campaign of organized urbanization. In an effort to remove the haphazard slums of Egypt’s major cities. Through this, societal poverty can be tackled, while Egypt’s construction sector would grow as a result of the government contracts required for these projects to be built. However, whether these policies would be sustainable is yet to be seen. Anti-Nasser analysts would reference that Egypt lacks the expertise to carry out these developments, yet Nasser is keen to benefit from the first generation of graduates from the recently built polytechnics and universities from the Qaddab-era. Nasser’s supporters would further argue that Egypt is no stranger to state-owned companies, with its national rail service serving as a historical example of such mechanisms working, yet these policies are still very much experimental in the context of urban development. Ultimately, however, it signals a break from the past policies of relying on politically influential individuals for financial credit. From the start, Nasser’s Egypt was going to take the first steps towards domestic financial independence.[/sub]

[sub]The incumbent political administration also wanted to push for constitutional reform as a means to garner further public support and stabilize the political situation. In the context of the military decree which banned the Muslim Brotherhood and revoked its status as a political movement, Nasser needs to prove that Egypt is still committed to the ideals of a functioning democratic framework. The Second Egyptian Constitution, passed via the Republican majority in the legislative, on November 25th 1953. Becoming arguably the most democratic constitution in Egypt’s history. It was the first to explicitly separate state powers, and made the right to strike and the right to protest, constitutionally protected rights. However, this could not hide the fact evidence from the events following Qaddab’s assassination, that the army still had enormous power over the government. This became clear as to when Nasser was privately briefed on the affairs of the conflict in Sudan, the army left out key details with regard to employed tactics. Nasser, although unsatisfied, was persuaded by his civilian advisors to not press the matter and sour the army-party relationship which Nasser’s government had come to fulfill. Nonetheless, the constitutional reforms had come to be widely popular and celebrated by Egyptians, especially the working class and the emerging organized labour groups. The army itself supported Nasser’s constitutional maneuvers, as they isolated the oligarchs via the newly introduced labour protections, the absence of such had long suited their economic influence. From the perspective of Nasser himself however, he could not afford to implement reforms over time. Egyptian society, which declared him as the ‘saviour’ of the country, needed to observe sporadic and immediate reforms from the government, else Nasser’s credibility would be shattered. With these first large steps, alongside heated and idealistic rhetoric, Nasser and his party navigates the stormy waters of Egypt's internal politics, while trying to solve the country's longstanding socioeconomic issues and building a legacy in the shadow of Rashid Qaddab.[/sub]

[/list]

Teujira, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz

[list][list]11 June 1955 - Baghdad, Hashemite Kingdom of Iraq

THE JUNE REVOLUTION[/list][/list]

| Since the death of King Faisal II following a tragic car accident, the Kingdom of Iraq has become the site of a low-grade civil war between two main competitors for the throne of Iraq- the Loyalists, followers of King 'Abd al-Ilah I, and the Zeidists, followers of Prince Zeid bin Hussein of Iraq. For multiple months, soldiers pledging loyalty to either King 'Abd al-Ilah or Prince Zeid have continued to skirmish in both street battles and pitched battles, most visibly in Baghdad which has become divided between the government-held core of the city and the Zeidist-occupied western districts. The instability of the country has caused the already abysmal standard of living to plummet even further and caused the death of nearly 400 Iraqi citizens and the displacement of some 18,000 in the fighting. The internal refugee crisis and the damage to infrastructure and the economy has prompted many in Iraq to grow tired of the instability and desire the establishment of a strong, central government. |

| Primarily within the ranks of the loyalist-aligned Iraqi Army, a small number of lower ranking generals had taken an increased distaste to the situation within the country, causing the fighting strength of King 'Abd al-Ilah's army to deteriorate as the conflict has drawn on. The 'Neutralist' faction, visibly represented by Prime Minister Nuri Pasha al-Said, had come to represent a large portion of both the soldiers fighting in the Loyalist and Zeidist factions of the army across Iraq. Importantly, however, the Neutralists had the quiet support of international players- King Hussein of Jordan, the Arab Legion's Glubb Pasha, President Charles de Gaulle of France, and President Dwight Eisenhower of the United States. Nuri al-Said's speeches during the civil conflict calling for "the unification of Iraki brothers" and an "end to the fighting" had garnered great favor among the leaders of the West, whom hold a keen interest in ensuring the unmitigated flow of Iraqi oil to the West, and among the Jordanian leadership who had been watching the situation in Iraq closely since King Faisal II's death. |

| In private negotiations with the U.S. ambassador to Jordan, Lester D. Mallory, King Hussein of Jordan reaches an agreement between the United States and his own Kingdom- in order to ensure the survival of stability and western ideals in the Middle East, the Jordanian Kingdom will be entrusted with resolving the crisis in Iraq. As a potential claimant to the Hashemite throne of Iraq, King Hussein himself has his own stake in the succession war in Iraq and, if his cards are played right, could very well take the throne. After securing this promise from the United States, King Hussein secretly opens discussions with Prime Minister Nuri al-Said. |

| On 11 June 1955, at around 8:00 in the morning, two brigades of Royal Iraqi infantrymen begin to surround the royal palace with King 'Abd al-Ilah inside of it. In Ramadi, where Prince Zeid had taken up residence, a brigade of infantrymen under the Zeidists surround the Pretender Prince's headquarters and begin shelling it with infantry mortars. In Baghdad, national and local media outlets are quickly besieged and captured by soldiers bearing not the standards of the Royal Iraqi Army, but of the Arab Revolution - descending upon radio and television stations across the city, they highjack the airways and enforce a total media blackout across Iraq beyond a pre-recorded speech from Nuri Pasha al-Said. Addressed to the Iraqi people, al-Said's speech addresses the fact that the War of Succession has 'driven a dagger through the body and spirit of Iraq' and that the Royal Iraqi Army has 'begun a concise effort to resolve the issue of the Iraqi throne'. Both Zeidists and Loyalists begin to defect en masse, leaving very few soldiers still loyal to either the Prince or the King throughout the day. Eventually, Prince Zeid surrenders to the Neutralist forces in Ramadi, being thrown in the back of a truck and driven to Baghdad. Around 2:30 PM that afternoon, Neutralist forces enter the royal palace where 'Abd al-Ilah, Queen Hiyam, and various members of the Royal Court. Against orders to do so from Nuri al-Said, some of the Neutralist soldiers gather the royal family and the palace officials within a secluded room of the Palace. They are stripped of their close, backed against a wall, and gunned down with sub machine guns in a bloody but hasty affair. After being massacred, the bodies are taken out of the palace and thrown into the Palace garden, where they are drenched in gasoline and burned. After being informed of the massacre of King 'Abd al-Ilah and Queen Hiyam, Nuri al-Said breaks out in a furor and, in an attempt to maintain some optic of neutrality, orders for the execution of Prince Zeid, still en route to Baghdad. The truck in which the Prince had been thrown into, stopped in Al-Fallujah to refill its tank, is driven to an open field within the city and surrounded by soldiers before being lit up with machine gun fire, tearing the Prince into pieces. |

| After overseeing the execution of both the King and the Prince and the capture of most of Baghdad in just a few hours, Nuri al-Said takes to the airways to deliver a short speech. In this speech, he announces that 'the situation, at last, is over' and that the Royal Iraqi Army will begin to establish a transitional government while the proper claimant to the throne of Iraq is found. |

Otsla, Liberalina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Teymour

[list][list]11 June 1955

CBS NEWS PRESENTS

DOUGLAS EDWARDS WITH

UP-TO-THE MINUTE

DEVELOPMENTS FROM ALL

PARTS OF THE WORLD[/list][/list]

| These words, written out letter by letter on a typewriter, are displayed across hundreds of thousands of TVs in America as the voice of an unseen narrator reiterates them, introducing their anchor, Mr. Edwards. Quickly, the video cuts from the close-in of the typewriter to a shot of Douglas Edwards, one of America's foremost news anchors, sitting as his desk, microphone and papers spread out before him. Without missing a beat, he quickly jumps into the news. |

[list]DOUGLAS EDWARDS, CBS Evening News Anchor: "Good evening everybody, leading the news tonight is a continued development of our coverage of the Le Mans tragedy in France. Earlier today at the 24 Hours of Le Mans motor race in Le Mans, France, a major crash occurred in which two automobiles of incredible speed collided on the track, sending pieces of debris flying into the air and towards the crowd, unfortunately hitting and killing many of the spectators. French officials have confirmed the deaths of at least 40 people as a result as well as the hospitalization of an additional 140. No cause of the accident has as of yet been given however the French police have begun a thorough investigation into the matter including inspections of the track, the drivers, and the automobiles involved. U.S. Ambassador to Paris Mr. Clarence Douglas Dillon has called the accident an "unimaginably horrific tragedy" and has given the full condolences of the United States to the victims and their families.

In Irak,, it appears that the Succession Crisis in the country has come to a violent end as soldiers of the Irakian Army stormed both the Royal Palace in Baghdad and the rebel stronghold in the city of Ramadi throughout the day with reports confirming the execution of both legitimate King 'Abd al-Ilah I and Prince Zeid bin Hussein, the pretender to the throne. The new Iraqi government, led by former Irakian Prime Minister Nuri Pasha al-Said, has stated that it has taken control of Irak in order to restore law and order to the country and find a new monarch from the House of Hashim, the ruling dynasty of both Irak and Jordan, to lead the country. The most likely candidate to take over the throne of Iraq is the King Hussein bin Talal, the current ruling King of Jordan, whom is a relative of former Irakian Kings Faisal II, 'Abd al-Ilah, and Prince Zeid."[/list]

| The uninterrupted footage of Edwards is cut to show footage directly from Irak detailing a group of soldiers in open-top cars driving through a street in presumably Baghdad, holding and showing off their weapons as they pass the camera. It then cuts to a brief clip of footage of Nuri al-Said shaking hands with soldiers and generals. |

[list]DOUGLAS EDWARDS, CBS Evening News Anchor: "As acting head of state, Prime Minister Nuri al-Said has given his assurance to the nations of the world that foreign interests and personnel will not be threatened in Irak as the new government continues to work towards enthroning a new King and that American, British, French, and other foreign civilians will be protected by the Irakian military. At this time the scope of the violence of the Irakian Revolution is still as of yet unknown, but the United States government and military forces in Saudi Arabia will continue to monitor the situation closely.

President Dwight D. Eisenhower again pledged U.S. support for anti-communist forces in Indochina following continued battles between forces of the Soviet-aligned Pathet Lao and the Royal Lao Army within Laos as the French Union continues to scale back its support for the post-colonial Kingdoms it established there during its decolonization of Indochina."[/list]

| The footage again cuts away to show footage of President Eisenhower speaking, saying: |

"The United States of America will continue to support the Kingdom of Laos as it has since its independence, and will also continue to support the free nations of Southeast Asia and Asia at large. As we have with the Republic of China and the Republic of Korea, we will continue to offer our aid to any nation which maintains its commitment to freedom, democracy, and the rule of law."

| The clip cuts to more footage showing Royal Lao soldiers, dressed in a hodge-podge of French and American uniforms and equipment, engaged in a skirmish likely with the Pathet Lao. They are supported by an M8 Greyhound, seen in front of the line of infantry, and an M22 Locust, positioned behind them, firing shells into the distance. What little audio there is, played under Edwards, consists mostly of gunfire and the sound of explosions with orders in Lao being barked out. |

[list]DOUGLAS EDWARDS, CBS Evening News Anchor: "As French President de Gaulle continues to cut funding for military missions from Indochina to combat the growing insurgency in the French Sahara, the United States has recently given assurances to Prince Boun Oum Na Champassak that it will continue to arm, fund, and train the Royal Lao Army as it battles insurgency. Prior support for the Royal Lao Army was provided primarily by France in the form of training and direct assistance with the French Foreign Legion, however the United States previously authorized a multi-million dollar arms deal with the Royal Lao Army nearly a year and a half ago. Similar pledges have been made to Cambodia and to the Empire of Vietnam, the most recent of the Indochinese states to receive independence, still battling an insurgency by the Soviet-backed Viet Minh in the northwest of the country.

In Belmont County, Ohio, some 700 iron miners have gone on strike protesting an apparent lack of humane working conditions in the hot summer conditions. The minors have declared their intention to strike until the mines are properly ventilated. Local union activists have reportedly started lobbying Belmont County officials to put increased pressure on mining companies in the area to ventilate mineshafts which, the miners claim, are not properly ventilated, causing the mines to grow incredibly hot and stifling proper breathing when working. The Board of County Commissioners of Belmont County have refused to comment on the matter, however the county police have been called into areas near the mines affected by the strikes to ensure the protection of the mines.

In Haiti, the United States Navy has continued to provide material assistance for the beleaguered nation as it continues to rebuild from last year's Hurricane Hazel. While the United States and other nations affected have mostly recovered from the storm and the subsequent flooding which it caused across much of the Atlantic and the Eastern Seaboard, the Haitian Republic has continued to suffer from the drastic affects which the direct impact of the Hurricane has caused it. Most of the island country's economy was completely wiped out during the storm and, due to mismanaged relief funds from both the International Economic Community and the United States, rebuilding projects have hardly progressed at all. Haitian President Paul Magloire has come under scrutiny from the U.S., the International Economic Community, and the Haitian people at large due to accusations of corruption and embezzlement which has prevented much of the nation from recovering. Areas of Haiti are still without power or clean water as a direct result of Hurricane Hazel with the United States and France continuing to provide material aid to communities in Haiti which have been destroyed by the storm and the severe flooding caused in its wake.

The United Nations General Assembly recently approved the expansion of the organization, approving the introduction of various nations. Among these nations are Albania, Bulgaria, Cambodia, Cyprus, Finland, Soviet-Occupied East Germany, Ghana, Hungary, Italy, Japan, Jordan, Kenya, Laos, Libya, Nepal, Portugal, Palestine, and Vietnam. The inclusion of Soviet-Occupied East Germany into the proposal, put forward by the Republic of Egypt, garnered significant objections from figures in the West who believe the Democratic Republic of Germany to be illegitimate. In particular, while voting in favor of the motion as a whole, the United States and the French Republic have continued to refuse to recognize the independence or legitimacy of Eastern Germany while instead continuing to recognize the Frankfurt-based Federal Republic of Germany as the true, legitimate government representing the whole of the German nation and people. The inclusion of the Egyptian-backed Republic of Palestine has also garnered criticism within Israel, where Jewish leaders have reiterated the illegitimacy of the Republic of Palestine along with the Jordanian occupation of the West Bank of the Jordan River.

The United States Stock Exchange continues to look as healthy as ever with stocks continuing to remain stable. On the weather side of things, the South continues to be plagued by deep heats with a high in the nineties in various areas of Florida, Alabama, Louisiana, Virginia, and the Gulf Coast as a whole. In New York and much of New England, temperatures have mostly remained warm in the upper seventies while the Pacific Northwest and much of the interior sit in the sixties and lower seventies. As always this is Douglas Edwards saying goodnight for CBS."[/list]

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis[/spoiler]

Arcanda, Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Kartnan, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour

[spoiler=So that this not clog up your RMB...]

Hello! I'm looking to start as a nation in a roleplay region. I'm a returning player, and before, I've had plenty of nation RP experiences both in regions (RMB) and the Forums (mainly International Incidents and P2TM).

I'm currently looking to claim Indonesia, if I can. Thank you for your attention![/spoiler]

Grand Indochina, Czabalkia

De Nederlandsch-Indie wrote:[spoiler=So that this not clog up your RMB...]

Hello! I'm looking to start as a nation in a roleplay region. I'm a returning player, and before, I've had plenty of nation RP experiences both in regions (RMB) and the Forums (mainly International Incidents and P2TM).

I'm currently looking to claim Indonesia, if I can. Thank you for your attention![/spoiler]

Welcome to the region man! Here are the rules, just read them real quick and you can apply for Indonesia.

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1397404

Grand Indochina

[list][list]【𝐓𝐫𝐮𝐬𝐭 𝐚𝐢𝐧'𝐭 𝐂𝐡𝐞𝐚𝐩】 - فوضى في الشوارع - 【𝐋𝐢𝐛𝐲𝐚 & 𝐄𝐠𝐲𝐩𝐭】

[list][list][sub]ᴀ ᴍᴇᴇᴛɪɴɢ ꜰᴏʀ ᴛʜᴇ ᴀɢᴇꜱ! ʟɪʙʏᴀ & ᴇɢʏᴘᴛ ᴍᴇᴇᴛ![/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[pre]On the 13th of October in 1953, the Egyptian President and Hero; Rashid Qaddab was gunned down by a member of the Muslim Brotherhood. His death came like an earthquake, shaking the whole of the Arab world! Qaddab a true visionary, daring to challenge the colonial powers head-on without reserve or need for fanfare, truly he was an example to us all. But to his majesty of Libya, 'King Idris I' it was a good day. Since the rise of Qaddab and Arab Republicanism, the Libyan monarch hadn't had a night of peaceful rest. Tonight however was going to be different; King Idris couldn't have asked for anything better than the death of his biggest political threat. The Libyan government had always feared the rise of Egypt. It's fears only made bigger when Egpyt added Sudan to its national borders, thus creating the idea that Egypt could take Libya without much effort. Thus, Idris was keen to keep the Americans and British military installations in Libya; as a chip on the table to keep Egypt out. But with the new President, Abdel Nasser in control- Prime Minister Mahmud al-Muntasir would request for a meeting between the two gentlemen. Libya's intent in this diplomatic mission was to prod Nasser, and figure out what his plans in the region would be. Once in Cairo, PM Mahmud al-Muntasir was quickly transported for the airport towards the Ittihadia Palace. There he would meet with Nasser, sharing a lunch, small talk, and some tours around Cairo. Finally, around 4:00 PM, the two would begin the diplomatic meeting. What happened during this meeting? Who knows, only the walls know what exactly was said between the two gentlemen. What is know, however, is that Libya and Egypt will sign a non-aggression pact with one another, and permission for the loan of some lecturers working in Egypt to help the funding of the University of Libya. The Egyptian government agreed and promised to pay the salaries of the four borrowed lecturers for four years. In exchange for these loans, Libya was to officially participate in an anti-Soviet alliance within the Middle East. King Idris not exactly a friend of the USSR; was not in any hurry to make an enemy out of the massive superpower, Nasser however was very insistant of Libya's participation as he viewed Libya as a valuable asset to this alliance. Idris after some debate with his PM, would conceed to Nasser, marking Libya as an official anti-soviet state within the Middle East.[/pre]

Grand Indochina, Czabalkia, Miwok-, Teymour, Faeujsaan

Czabalkia wrote:Literally who even are you? Like gtfo you troll

ur in aribia

The netherlands radio station

[sub]August 1955 | Telegraaf radio station [/sub]

hello my dear friends and welcome to Telegraaf radio the radio for the latest news this day we have the news that the 8 pillar plan is finished after a few long years the economy of the netherlands rises and with the new trade allaince with Peru the prosperity of our new partner and our country will only grow. These next years our president wants to totaly reform our military and for the equipment he hopes on either joint British French Co-Operation or the most likely option buying from the US. Experts do expected this move. Since there is rising monarchism and the communist and facist do not pose a threat but they could use this to their advantage. Then we also have the shelling of west Berlin by the soviet union if it was wanted is unclear but our dear president is Slowely mobilising and wants to help France de escalate the situation or fight against the communist. And the King himself is even trying to calm the people of the netherlands. The best thing to do is stay calm and don't forget if you hear the sirens go of seek shelter this was the Telegraaf for today and hopefully not forever

Grand Indochina, Teymour

Post self-deleted by 2Nd New England Commonwealth.

Hello everyone we here at the kingdom of Houston thank you for letting come in

Kartnan

[spoiler=RP THEME]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wL25h_xqIzY&list=PLlO0ckvbly9XD-2deWfpqKfSTRUifmuKQ&index=4[/spoiler]

[pre] Year of the Water Dragon

1953: December 31 [/pre]

入龙!

Enter the Dragon!

[pre] The French Concessions of Tchan Tung, comprising the cities of Yantai and Weihai, have long been a thorn in the new self-respecting Chinese nation's side. A relic of the loathed Century of Humiliation, the French Union has refused to return this Chinese clay to the People's Republic, citing that since the treaty was made with the now-moribund Qing, any of its contents must be considered null and void due to their refusal to recognise the PRC as the successor state of the aforementioned. Their refusal to concede these territories through peace has left the Chinese no choice but to win them back by force, as the[/pre] CCTF and NEFF [pre]were instructed to do. What follows is the Chinese account of the Battle of Tchan-Tung (Shandong), wherein Chinese troops move via the Hubei line to a suitable assault position, and begin the assault on French Tchan-Tung. [/pre]

|On a Ridge Overlooking French Tchan-Tung|

[sub]The CCTF moves under cover of night to within striking range of French Shandong. The Hubei Line’s rail takes them to within 25 km of the city, from where they travel to the hill range surrounding the city via foot and by concealed civilian truck. The heavily forested slopes are used to conceal their advance to the extent possible.

Lieutenant Jin Youzhi stands atop a hill, one of many surrounding the French cities of Yantai and Weihaiwei at a distance of about 20km. He glances at the French Foreign Legion personnel laughing and making merry at its outskirts, at the sleek ships gliding along its mirror-like port waters. It is time, he thinks to himself as a north wind rustles the leaves towards his purported target.

Lowering his binoculars, he turns back to his men who straddle the crests of the hills with their artillery positions.

He breathes a single, potent word: “Fire.”

And so, the dragon wakes.[/sub]

1800: About 100 MiG 15s and 200 Il-28s of the 23rd, 3rd, 4th, and 18th Aviation Divisions of the People’s Liberation Army Air Force take off from bases at Rizhao, Qingdao, Shanghai and Tianjin. Upon reaching the French cities,100 Il-10s from Rizhao (12th Aviation Division) are escorted each by a pair of MiGs, and armed with napalm, air-to-ground rockets, and 1500kg of high explosive.

The MiGs use their cannon armed with incendiaries to locate and ignite French artillery and anti-air batteries, taking heavy losses in the process.

However, once identified, Il-10s, designed for this very purpose, engage the batteries with bombing runs, in order to eliminate the majority of anti-air capability. The French coastal artillery downs several Il-10s in the process, although their low rate of fire cripples their ability to make significant dents in the air force. Engaging artillery emplacements, a pair of Il-10s dive from about 10000 feet, well out of range of the artillery, and loose about 40 rockets in rapid succession. As they dive, they enter a storm of lead as French anti-air throws up a mighty fury at them. However, the rockets momentarily strike the ground and the roar of anti-air grows silent. The Il-10s wheel upward and join their MiG escorts circling above at altitude.

Once the anti-AA bombing runs are completed, the Il-28 heavy bombers approach Yantai and Weihaiwei from the northeast, the PLAAF airfield at Tianjin. These heavy bombers will be tasked to the neutralization, along with assistance from La-9 ground attack aircraft, of French armour and heavy artillery.

La-9s swoop low from their cruise altitude, firing anti-personnel rounds at French infantrymen, who sustain heavy casualties. The lack of personal anti-air weapons means that they are unable to defend against assault from the air, and many exposed positions are strafed with great effect, the Foreign Legion personnel sustaining casualties. However, French infantrymen display considerable tenacity in their courageous defence of the city, with about 20 La-9s being downed solely by French small arms fire.

Ground strafing is followed by substantial aerial bombardment by Il-28s. The type was recently acquired by the PLAAF, and is well known for its exemplary precision when it comes to hitting targets from altitude.

These aircraft are fully loaded with 4000kg of ordnance, including Tetrytol. Select Il-28s carry napalm instead of the regular explosive ordnance. These roughly 15 aircraft rendezvous with Chinese and Soviet MiGs over Dongying and proceed to the heavily defended ports of Yantai and Weihai. Equipped with ShVAK cannon, the MiGs mow down any shipping that passes below them in the Bohai Sea as they proceed to their destination, all PRC sailors whether military or civilian having strictly been instructed to remain ashore for the duration of the week.

Upon reaching the port of Yantai, Soviet aircraft break east towards Weihai and engage in their own air strikes. Meanwhile, PLAAF Il-28s continue north towards Yantai, whereupon they overfly the city, already devastated by airstrikes, and reach the port. Prior to reaching the drop zone, they pitch sharply up and climb to 12000ft, safe from any remaining artillery fire. They establish a bombing cycle similar to those seen in the Second World War, wherein the designated “safe zone” has a traffic pattern of about 100 bombers that fly in circular paths, with about 5 breaking downward and dispatching their bomb loads before rejoining the pattern. Chinese MiGs patrol the airspace around the safe zone, wary of any French Air Force resistance that should present itself.

The Il-28s target port infrastructure at first with their conventional ordnance, destroying cranes, derricks, docks, walkways, and other infrastructure necessary for the functioning of the port.

Subsequently, the napalm-bearing Il-28s then break towards the main port area, made out of wood like the majority of such infrastructure in Asia, where steel equipment is yet to find wide use. They firebomb the entire port region, sustaining losses of about 3% from French artillery fire, with about 3 aircraft being downed. However, they manage to hit their targets effectively and the entire port is set ablaze.

Napalm bombing is sustained by the La-9s of the 17th Aviation Division, who also strafe any personnel attempting to put out the fires.

1900: Artillery battery ensues, bombarding both Yantai and Weihaiwei. The Katyushas of the 78th Artillery Division, numbering about 250 in total, engage in sustained rocket bombardment of French positions in both cities, with targets such as machine gun emplacements being targeted specifically. The PLA presses its initial advantage of surprise to attack the majority of French heavy weapons installations, thereby destroying most of their capacity to withstand siege. The Katyushas and BM-31s excel in delivering short, sharp blows of artillery fire, however, the gaps in reloading them are sustained with a continuous bombardment by 122mm guns of the regiment. In addition, French soldiers attempting to break out of the perimeter, as well as those exposed to fire, are targeted by the field artillery of the PLA 26th Corps. Any personnel who leave the defensive perimeter of Tchan Tung would be subjecting themselves to the greatest peril. The sustained artillery bombardment is targeted towards military rather than general purpose/civilian installments, aiming for and destroying port infrastructure, defensive positions, etc.

The rocket artillery and the conventional artillery take turns in bombarding the city, where while the Katyushas are firing, the regular artillerymen descend into the tunnel system to restock the guns, reload, rest and recuperate, and vice versa while they are firing.

1930: Sunset has descended upon the battlefield. The artillery bombardment has left both Yantai and Weihai a shattered scene of destruction. However, now that the defences have been softened, the battle will truly begin. A droning sound can be heard in the distance as a squadron of An-2 transport aircraft escorted by MiGs make their way up to the cities from the south. They come bearing a deadly cargo: over 800 crack troops of the 1st Airborne Brigade. The squadron splits into two wings, each carrying 400 personnel. One turns to a heading of 85 degrees as it begins the flight northeast to Yantai, while the other continues on course to Weihai.

Meanwhile, the 115th and 116th Divisions of armour and mechanized infantry, comprising about 250 tanks and 300 infantry vehicles, begin the journey to the city, bearing on their roofs and holding on to their rails infantry of the PLA, amounting to 40.000 in number in addition to their comrades who are marching with the tanks. They travel north to the city of Muping, roughly equidistant from both French holdings.

1945: Armed with SVT-40 semi-automatic battle rifles, Type 36 submachine guns, and with each of the 8 companies participating receiving 2 SG-43 machine guns, 400 paratroopers jump under cover of darkness over Yantai (east of Chujia), and respectively 400 over Weihai (Chucun), the light of the Chinese moon glinting off their bayonets as the white of their parachutes billows abruptly and they waft down to the ravaged ports of the cities. Landing on the western extremities of the Yantai coast and the eastern of Weihai, they work their way to the centre (Gangwan and Huancui), establishing a salient and defeating any French armed resistance in these areas that survives after the bombing runs, and dig in by establishing defensive positions using their machine guns in the buildings they have cleared out, holding on till they are relieved.

Once a secure beachhead is established, the mechanized component of the CCTF spearheaded by the 115th and 116th roar their engines as they charge up the muddy banks of the many streams in this delta region, whipping up storms of wet and soggy clay as they rush to establish a stable front. Upon reaching the Yangtze estuary, they bifurcate, with 125 tanks, 100 vehicles and about 20,000 men being diverted to Weihai, with the rest proceeding to Yantai. Task Force A is tasked with securing the Yantai front, and Task Force B with Weihai.

Task Force A assaults the eastern perimeter of Yantai (Sunjiatuanzhen), where the 1st Airborne have established positions and are holding off French Legion Étrangere soldiers. The soldiers riding the T34/85 tanks leap off, and the tanks advance into the city under a hail of suppressing fire from their machine guns, picking off French riflemen. They clear a path for the PLA infantry men of 20 Corps who leap off and charge at the French lines, raising a bloodcurdling cry of “For China!”. Infantry vehicles quickly move to secure the flanks of the spearhead, using the softened-up French who are now being subjected to cannon fire from the T34s as a pivot to double envelop the Chinese and French lines, and subject the French rearguard to attack, in addition to the combined arms assault on their vanguard. The combination of machine gun fire from the infantry vehicles, machine gun and cannon fire from the tanks, and rifle battery as well as successive bayonet charges by the infantry make French resistance difficult if not futile. As the assault continues, Chinese aircraft including Il-10s continually engage in dive bombing and strafing attacks on the French, demoralizing and damaging their resistance efforts.

In Weihai (Xianguding-Yangjia), Task Force B encounters lesser resistance, as the majority of the French colonial garrison is in Yantai. They quickly push through the streets, with the tanks relieving the beleaguered paratroopers, and the infantry and IFVs fanning out for street to street fighting. Civilian dignity and honour is respected as the soldiers are instructed to adhere to the 3 Rules and 8 Points with religious attention, or face stringent repercussions. Any resistance is swiftly dispatched under air cover by MiG-15s of both Soviet and Chinese provenance. Il-28 bombing runs continue on both Yantai and Weihai.

2030: Artillery batteries resume, this time concentrated on the southern perimeter of both cities(towards Wendeng) where the bulk of the French forces remain. This time they take the form of a barrage, targeting and destroying French defensive positions on the frontline. Meanwhile, Il-28s engage in bombing sorties targeting bunkers and MG nests, while Il-10s strafe French riflemen and MiGs launch rockets and napalm at French positions. Troops at the coast of both cities begin the push southward, with tanks and IFVs defeating resistance on the streets, and infantrymen combined with personnel of the People’s Armed Police numbering 7000 pigeonholing between houses and defeating any opposition within the buildings. They advance on the French lines from the north, while those selfsame lines are taking bombardment from the south and from the sky. Artillery is used under FFE, where for a period of about 15 minutes its maximum fire rate is sustained, dealing a heavy blow to the French.

2045: Artillery begin to fire smoke shells, as the gentle northward wind blow the smoke toward the French lines, obscuring French visibility but ensuring that the PLA have full sight of the French positions and of the battlefield. Within minutes, French lines are covered in smoke. The PLA uses this confusion of the French to its advantage, with 26 Corps’ armoured component charging at the French lines at Yantai, a massed line of about 100 tanks supported by artillery fire and air strikes. In the chaos caused by this, the 88th Division (Urban Warfare) slips into the French lines, and uses its training in hand-to-hand combat during the Civil War to spread discord and destruction among the French, in order to dismantle organized resistance, which the tanks and mechanized infantry move in to mop up. Meanwhile, Task Force A assaults the same French lines from the North, trapping the French in a hailstorm of death as they are subjected to assault from all 4 sides and from the air. Artillery bombardment of French positions continues as the Chinese prepare the final charge.

Meanwhile, at Weihai, Task Force B assaults the French positions from the north and west, digging in rather than pushing and repelling French attempts to turn them back. Suffering heavy casualties, they dig in behind the cover provided by the buildings and destroyed cars as the French slowly begin to push back.

Seeing the dire situation, General Chen Yi diverts the 88th, 58th and 79th divisions toward French lines, where they strike from the southeast against the soft French flank, presenting the French with another two-front encirclement. The Foreign Legion personnel are subjected to continued artillery bombardment, and napalm runs from the PLAAF’s MiGs. People’s Armed Police move through the buildings of both towns, quelling unrest and killing any combatants hiding within. Soviet aircraft continue to control the skies over Weihai, and it is expected that their ships at Longkou will assist in the assault. As the smoke of war clears, China has suffered losses: 10000 dead or injured. But the PLA is poised on the precipice of victory

In addition, about 15000 personnel of the 13th Infantry Division have invaded and annexed the largely undefended minor settlement of Guangzhouwan, formerly Vietnamese territory.

China will now make large scale preparations for a French reprisal.

The first and most prominent of these preparations is the Shandong Wall, an improvised fortification spanning the coast from Yantai to Weihai in addition to existing fortifications along the Shandong coast. In this fortification, a raised barrier about 10m above the beach level will be constructed out of a mixture of concrete, stone, bricks, and sand. The Wall will have machine gun emplacements at a distance of 300m from each other, with 3 Type 54 heavy machine guns each, in addition to 2 snipers in each nest, armed with PTRD anti-tank sniper rifles and PTRS anti-personnel sniper rifles. Each machine gun will be responsible for 60 degrees of arc, which results in any assaulting troops being subjected to at least 2 guns at all times, creating a crossfire that would render assault suicidal. Each nest will also be equipped to resist assault from the air, with a 100mm air defence gun and a M1939 automatic AA gun each. PLA soldiers will constantly patrol the top of the wall, covering the distance between emplacements (in total 200.000 personnel will be dedicated to this defence). They will be armed with service rifles, grenades (explosive, napalm and fragmentation), and combat knives. They will pick off troops exposed by machine gun fire, and their training in hand-to-hand combat will ensure that as French troops attempt to scale the wall, they will either be stabbed or pushed down to injury. Along the top will be a line of sandbags and above those barbed wire, and below the wall the beach will be turned into a minefield of death. Barbed wire will be laid all along the beach, in such way that it exposes French soldiers to machine gun fire from above. In addition, mines will be laid across the surface of the beach to incapacitate and kill French troops. Offshore, sea mines will be laid at a distance of 5km from shore, within range of the erstwhile French coastal batteries that will be repurposed and reoriented to deter assault craft and other naval vessels. The hulks produced by the destruction of French harbours and naval vessels will be used in addition to sandbars about 3km out, in order to make the path of travel convoluted and highly exposed for French vessels which attempt to move on the coast.

All houses on the coastline will be commandeered in order to assist in the defence, with PLA personnel armed with sniper rifles, heavy machine guns, and grenades taking up defensive positions in these houses to present two layers of fire to any coastal assault (one from beach level and one from above).

The second preparation will be the institution of street-to-street defensive points at key junctions and intersections. Each will have the same 2 AA pieces described above, in addition to machine guns pointing in each direction from which the point can be approached. Chinese troops will take up positions in the buildings surrounding. Additionally, each of these points will have 2 barrage balloons, one of helium and one of hydrogen. The helium balloon will be aloft at 40m-1500m above ground, inert and effectively providing a barrier against strafing or other ground attack. The hydrogen balloons will be on a variable line, although always above the helium one. Their purpose is to act almost as mines in the air, deterring French aircraft from attacking as it would only mean a massive explosion in case of contact. This means that French aircraft are either forced to turn back or to attempt to navigate the maze of balloons, exposing themselves to AA fire from below.

Finally, all able-bodied male residents of the captured territories between the ages of 15 and 60 will be offered the choice of repatriation and potential relocation along with their family, or internment in the laogai. In short no able-bodied (potentially) hostile males will remain in the city aside from isolated remainders of French resistance.

China will establish connections with the Shandong People’s Organisation, a pro-Chinese mafia group that wields considerable influence in the region, to maintain provisional order until the conflict reaches its conclusion.

Artillery pieces currently along the perimeter will be moved into protected positions within the city, in order that they can strike both any French amphibious assault, and aircraft that attempt to attack the city.

PLAAF MiGs will conduct regular patrols at distances of up to 200km from the coast, along with Il-281bombers. They will seek out and destroy ANY craft in this region, with Chinese ships and vessels being instructed as mentioned earlier to remain in port. They will also reconnoitre the water for any French naval vessels, most importantly French carrier groups.

Should any such carriers be sighted, the MiGs are NOT TO ENGAGE. SAM instalments along the coast will bombard the ships once they enter range. Additionally, the PLAAF will mount a concerted assault on any carriers using

1. Il-10 ground attack aircraft as dive bombers to swoop on the carrier en masse from above, launching torpedoes and other ordnance.

2. Il-28 heavy bombers which will engage in “boom-and-zoom” attacks, i.e, dropping incendiary and bomb ordnance on the carriers from high altitude and quickly disengaging, all while being escorted by MiGs.

3. La-9s and MiGs which will strafe the carrier deck from low altitude and render the carrier either sunk, or at the least render its deck inoperable.

Since this will indubitably be a costly operation, the PLAAF is committed to using its superior numbers to quickly swarm and incapacitate the carrier before France has a chance to deploy aircraft.

All Chinese troops will hereby be instructed to wear their regulation gas masks whenever on duty for fear of French use of chemical weapons.

Chinese troops march on the colonial office at Yantai, and it remains to see how the French Union will respond.

Stahlrahm, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Suuvla, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-, Teymour

[list]DECEMBER 1953

CAIRO, EGYPT — MIDDLE EAST[/list]

[list][list][sub][pre]وطن - عمل - استقلال

The Homeland - Labour - Independence

RESTING WITH THE EARTH[/pre][/sub]

[/list][/list]

[list][sub]Amidst the political upheaval and then political restructuring of Nasser, it would seem that Egypt had been forced to quickly move past mourning former-President Rashid Qaddab. His funeral had needed to be delayed as a consequence of the political power vacuum that swallowed up the former mainstream party and ushered in Egypt’s current rulers. The incumbent administration had wished to quickly move past any immediate memories of Qaddab, so they could more easily push through theur political agenda, yet the state funeral needed to come as soon as the situation had stabilized. Scheduled for December 5th 1953, President Nasser of Egypt, President Charles De Gaulle of France, American Vice-President Richard Nixon, Libyan Prime Miniser Mahmoud Al-Muntasir, Syrian Prime Minister Fares Al-Sa’ad, President Somoza of Nicaragua as well as his sons Luis and Anastasio Somozo, Palestinian President Musa Al-Alami, Shahanshah Reza Pahlavi of Iran, Prime Minister Sir Nelson Mandela of the Cape, Jordan’s King Hussein Ibn Talal, Sir Robert Menzies and the Leader of the Popular State and Master of National Ceremonies Salvador Dali of Catalonia would constitute the expected major international guests. Prior to his assasination in October, Rashid Qaddab spearheaded an Egyptian-American alliance for the stability of the Mediterrenian. In addition to seeking close security ties with the French Republic which continued under the administration of Charles De Gaulle. Qaddab’s Party & Nation Revolution had inspired the Shahanshah of Iran to begin his own social reforms in Egypt’s image. In the case of Sir Robert Menzies, he is one of the few foreign attendees of the funeral to have personally spoken to Qaddab, having done so during Port Sa’id negotiations. A series of talks which resulted in perhaps Qaddab’s second greatest triumph, only secondary to the Republican Revolution: the return of the Suez Canal and the Sudan to the full sovereignty of Egypt. For this, Qaddab is arguably revered as an anti-colonial symbol by many leaders across Asia and Africa, who still struggle against or have struggled against colonial occupation. This is especially true for Libya’s premier, King Husein and Sir Nelson Mandela. The legacy and memory of Rashid Qaddab bares heavily on several of these global leaders, a plurality of which have travelled incredible distances to be in attendance of the former-Presidents burial. [/sub]

[sub][pre]FUNERAL EULOGIES[/pre][/sub]

[sub]“Rashid Ibn Umar Qaddab possessed a vision of glory and beauty. Now he possesses a legacy that will weigh heavily on us all. He was my hero and I stood with him in his Revolution just as all the Egyptians who he gave hope to in the difficult times of our history. His barbaric death, executed through the most malicious of intentions and the most brutal of ways, is a dark void in the hearts of his people and the world’s nations. Surely we will remember that he was the Father of the Nation, its Revolution and its dignity. Peace and God’s mercy upon him, his name, his soul and his family.”

[/sub][/list]

[list][list]- PRESIDENT JAMAL ABDEL NASSER (EGYPT)[/list][/list]

[list][sub]"Today we say goodbye to a true Arab hero, Rashid Ibn Umar Qaddab. The Egyptian Nation will long remember its son Rashid Qaddab as the heir to a weighty legacy; a champion for those who had none; the soul of the Nile; and the lion of the Arabs—a man who inspired hope within in the hearts of Arabs all over the region, that in fact; Colonialism could and can be defeated. His death is greatly mourned in Libya, his majesty Idris II sent his best wishes to Qaddab's family and hopes they may find peace in these trying times."[/sub][/list]

[list][list]- PRIME MINISTER MAHMOUD AL-MUNTASIR (LIBYA)[/list][/list]

[list][sub]"His Excellency, Rashid Ibn Umar Qaddab was a great man. He understood the Great Pyramid of Giza was constructed from a base of 230 metros and a height of 146 metros. It is nearly a perfect golden ratio, he understood this. He understood also that the Great Pyramid is aligned to a 15th of a degree towards true north. What does this mean? Dali cannot tell you, you must know yourself. En nom del pare, del fill i de l’Esperit Sant. Que descanses en pau."[/sub][/list]

[list][list]- LEADER OF THE POPULAR STATE AND MASTER OF NATIONAL CEREMONIES SALVADOR DALI (CATALONIA)[/list]

[sub]France’s De Gaulle and Vice-President Nixon would also gave their eulogies on behalf of their respective countries. Dali's comments garnered degrees of peculiar interest and criticism from other dignitaries and Egyptian newspapers, mainly due to its ‘lack of focus’ on the deceased leader himself. The most important guests however, were the Egyptian people. Hundreds of thousands at first, but then swelling to millions in the following 3 days of national mourning. They travelled from across Egypt to attend in Cairo. From Alexandria, the Sinai, Luxor, the revolutionary capital of Helwan and as far as Khartoum. Chanting slogans of the Republican Revolution, some of them even waving the banners of the defunct Young Egyptians, the spectacle was to be embalmed in popular nostalgia, signalling how deep Qaddab’s memory was implanted in Egypt’s society. As his coffin was carried down to Tahrir Square, the site of the first major demonstrations against King Farouk in Egypt's capital, thousands struggled just to touch the casket, draped in the Egyptian flag. The scene was that of epic chaos. Rashid Ibn Umar Qaddab was buried on December 5th 1953 at 11:45 am in Cairo’s Liberation Garden. His family members were given the honours of placing the first mounds of dirt over his coffin. With the burial comes the end of the chaotic finale of the first chapter of Egypt’s story. He who founded Egypt’s 1st Republic, is now buried in the soil of the 2nd. If he was to be theoretically resurrected, Qaddab would likely not recognize the country he leaves behind. He would likely be perplexed at the speed of Nasser’s rise to power at the expense of his own political party. And, perhaps, potentially very possibly. He may be more comfortable, resting peacefully upon a legacy of his own making, than acknowledging the future he never would see.

[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=✯ 𝐑𝐏𝐂 𝐕𝐄𝐑𝐈𝐅𝐈𝐄𝐃, 𝐄𝐋 𝐑𝐄𝐆𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐌𝐀𝐒 𝐏𝐎𝐏𝐔𝐋𝐀𝐑 𝐃𝐄 𝐍𝐒! ✯]Teymour

Otsla

Val Verde-

New Raines

Zanbala Prz

Czabalkia

Stahlrahm

Not Xav

Antillian

Entralia

Grand Indochina

Teujira

Concorrdia

The Reunified German Reich

Aprosian Empire

Tadros

Kartnan

Pacifica Occidentalis

Lux Lumen[/spoiler]

Stahlrahm, Otsla, Grand Indochina, Liberalina, Zanbala Prz, Miwok-

December 1953

Election Preparations in West Africa

——————————————————

Local elections in the French West Africa have seen the increasing divisions within society. The All West African Muslim League (AWAML) has emerged as the front runner and expected in winner in the coming election boasting the largest support and being Head Quartered in Dakar. Chairman of the AWAML is Mamadou Dia a Islamist and African Socialist from Senegal. Dia wrote in his book Islam, African Societies, and Industrial Culture the necessity of using spiritualist socialism to guide West Africa into a new independent world.

The main opposition to Dia is the African Imperialist Party led by Modibo Keïta a Muslim who claimed direct lineage from Mansa Musa and the Malian Empire of pre-colonial history. Keïta advocated for African independence, Social Democracy, and the restoration of the monarchy under the Keïta dynasty in a new Malian Federation.

The Final major party running for election is the West African Communist Party, they under the direction and leadership of Mathieu Kérékou who advocates for the immediate end to French colonialism and a free Union of West African Socialist Republics. The WACP has seen repression on all sides from most major news sources who call it a ”parasite leeching on the free democracy”

Among the legal political parties advocating for the separation of West Africa along distinct ethnic lines. These parties include the Dahomey People's Front, Senegal Independence League, and the Mauritanian Front.

Stahlrahm, Liberalina, Miwok-, Teymour

Assembled with Dot's Region Saver.
Written by Refuge Isle.